patch 9.0.1318: code style test fails

Problem:    Code style test fails.
Solution:   Remove trailing white space.

.appveyor.yml

@@ -1,13 +1,33 @@
 version: "{build}"
 
+image: Visual Studio 2015
+
 skip_tags: true
 
 environment:
   matrix:
     - FEATURE: HUGE
+  
+    # Alternate environments, not used right now.  2022 is a lot slower.
+    #
+    # - job_name: VS-2015
+    #   appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2015
+    #   FEATURE: HUGE
+
+    # - job_name: VS-2017
+    #   appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2017
+    #   FEATURE: HUGE
+
+    # - job_name: VS-2019
+    #   appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2019
+    #   FEATURE: HUGE
+
+    # - job_name: VS-2022
+    #   appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2022
+    #   FEATURE: HUGE
+
 # disabled
 #    - FEATURE: TINY
-#    - FEATURE: SMALL
 #    - FEATURE: NORMAL
 #    - FEATURE: BIG
 
@@ -15,19 +35,19 @@ matrix:
   fast_finish: true
 
 before_build:
-  # Use Visual Studio 2015 compiler tools (default is 2012)
-  - '"C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 14.0\VC\vcvarsall.bat" x86_amd64'
+  - call ver
+  - ci\appveyor.bat install
 
 build_script:
-  - ci/appveyor.bat
+  - ci\appveyor.bat build
 
 test_script:
-  - cd src/testdir
-    # Testing with MSVC gvim
-  - path C:\Python35-x64;%PATH%
-  - nmake -f Make_mvc.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim
-  - nmake -f Make_mvc.mak clean
-    # Testing with MSVC console version
-  - nmake -f Make_mvc.mak VIMPROG=..\vim
+  - ci\appveyor.bat test
+
+artifacts:
+  - path: src/vim.exe
+    name: vim
+  - path: src/gvim.exe
+    name: gvim
 
 # vim: sw=2 sts=2 et ts=8 sr

.cirrus.yml

@@ -8,10 +8,9 @@ freebsd_task:
     - name: FreeBSD 13.1
       freebsd_instance:
         image_family: freebsd-13-1
-    - name: FreeBSD 12.3
+    - name: FreeBSD 12.4
       freebsd_instance:
-        image_family: freebsd-12-3
-  only_if: $CIRRUS_TAG == ''
+        image_family: freebsd-12-4
   timeout_in: 20m
   install_script:
     - pkg update -f
@@ -26,3 +25,22 @@ freebsd_task:
     - pw useradd cirrus -m
     - chown -R cirrus:cirrus .
     - sudo -u cirrus make test
+
+macos_task:
+  name: macOS m1
+  macos_instance:
+    image: ghcr.io/cirruslabs/macos-ventura-xcode:latest
+  env:
+    # only run with clang, gcc is not real, it is a link to clang
+    CC: clang
+  timeout_in: 20m
+  install_script:
+    - brew update
+    - brew install gettext libtool
+  build_script:
+    - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
+    - ./configure --with-features=${FEATURES}
+    - make -j${NPROC}
+  test_script:
+    - src/vim --version
+    - make test

.github/CODEOWNERS

@@ -51,12 +51,14 @@ runtime/compiler/dartanalyser.vim	@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/dartdevc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/dartdoc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/dartfmt.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dotnet.vim		@nickspoons
 runtime/compiler/eruby.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/fbc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/gawk.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/gjs.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/go.vim			@dbarnett
 runtime/compiler/haml.vim		@tpope
+runtime/compiler/hare.vim		@rsaihe
 runtime/compiler/icon.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/javac.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/jest.vim		@dkearns
@@ -103,10 +105,12 @@ runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt		@cecamp
 runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt			@cecamp
 runtime/doc/ps1.txt			@heaths
 runtime/ftplugin/abaqus.vim		@costerwi
+runtime/ftplugin/apache.vim		@dubgeiser 
 runtime/ftplugin/awk.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/basic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/bst.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/cfg.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/ftplugin/chatito.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/clojure.vim		@axvr
 runtime/ftplugin/cs.vim			@nickspoons
 runtime/ftplugin/csh.vim		@dkearns
@@ -116,9 +120,9 @@ runtime/ftplugin/desktop.vim		@e-kwsm
 runtime/ftplugin/dosbatch.vim		@mrdubya
 runtime/ftplugin/eiffel.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/elixir.vim		@mhanberg
-runtime/ftplugin/expect.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/erlang.vim		@hcs42
 runtime/ftplugin/eruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/expect.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/fennel.vim		@gpanders
 runtime/ftplugin/fetchmail.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/fpcmake.vim		@dkearns
@@ -134,9 +138,11 @@ runtime/ftplugin/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/gitignore.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/gitrebase.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/gitsendemail.vim	@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/gyp.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/go.vim			@dbarnett
 runtime/ftplugin/gprof.vim		@dpelle
 runtime/ftplugin/haml.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/hare.vim		@rsaihe
 runtime/ftplugin/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/ftplugin/html.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/i3config.vim		@hiqua
@@ -162,11 +168,13 @@ runtime/ftplugin/nginx.vim		@chr4
 runtime/ftplugin/nroff.vim		@a-vrma
 runtime/ftplugin/nsis.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/ftplugin/octave.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/openvpn.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/pascal.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/pbtxt.vim		@lakshayg
 runtime/ftplugin/pdf.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/perl.vim		@petdance @dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/pod.vim		@petdance @dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/poefilter.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/postscr.vim		@mrdubya
 runtime/ftplugin/ps1.vim		@heaths
 runtime/ftplugin/ps1xml.vim		@heaths
@@ -174,6 +182,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/python.vim		@tpict
 runtime/ftplugin/qb64.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/r.vim			@jalvesaq
 runtime/ftplugin/racket.vim		@benknoble
+runtime/ftplugin/readline.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/rhelp.vim		@jalvesaq
 runtime/ftplugin/rmd.vim		@jalvesaq
 runtime/ftplugin/rnoweb.vim		@jalvesaq
@@ -188,6 +197,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/sdoc.vim		@gpanders
 runtime/ftplugin/sh.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/solution.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim		@ignatenkobrain
+runtime/ftplugin/ssa.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/swayconfig.vim		@jamespeapen
 runtime/ftplugin/systemverilog.vim	@Kocha
 runtime/ftplugin/tap.vim		@petdance
@@ -208,6 +218,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/zsh.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/indent/basic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/bst.vim			@tpope
 runtime/indent/cdl.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/indent/chatito.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/indent/clojure.vim		@axvr
 runtime/indent/config.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/cs.vim			@nickspoons
@@ -229,7 +240,9 @@ runtime/indent/gdscript.vim		@habamax
 runtime/indent/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
 runtime/indent/gitolite.vim		@sitaramc
 runtime/indent/go.vim			@dbarnett
+runtime/indent/gyp.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/indent/haml.vim			@tpope
+runtime/indent/hare.vim			@rsaihe
 runtime/indent/idlang.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/j.vim			@glts
 runtime/indent/java.vim			@xuhdev
@@ -285,6 +298,8 @@ runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/tarPlugin.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/vimballPlugin.vim	@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/zipPlugin.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/manpager.vim		@Konfekt
+runtime/syntax/shared/hgcommitDiff.vim		@vegerot
 runtime/syntax/abaqus.vim		@costerwi
 runtime/syntax/aidl.vim			@dpelle
 runtime/syntax/amiga.vim		@cecamp
@@ -303,6 +318,7 @@ runtime/syntax/cabal.vim		@coot
 runtime/syntax/cabalconfig.vim		@coot
 runtime/syntax/cabalproject.vim		@coot
 runtime/syntax/cf.vim			@ernstvanderlinden
+runtime/syntax/chatito.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/clojure.vim		@axvr
 runtime/syntax/cs.vim			@nickspoons
 runtime/syntax/csh.vim			@cecamp
@@ -318,6 +334,7 @@ runtime/syntax/dot.vim			@mmottl
 runtime/syntax/doxygen.vim		@frogonwheels
 runtime/syntax/dtd.vim			@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/dts.vim			@zonque
+runtime/syntax/editorconfig.vim		@gpanders
 runtime/syntax/eiffel.vim		@jocelyn
 runtime/syntax/elmfilt.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/erlang.vim		@hcs42
@@ -345,9 +362,12 @@ runtime/syntax/go.vim			@bhcleek
 runtime/syntax/godoc.vim		@dbarnett
 runtime/syntax/gprof.vim		@dpelle
 runtime/syntax/groff.vim		@jmarshall
+runtime/syntax/gyp.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/haml.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/hare.vim			@rsaihe
 runtime/syntax/haskell.vim		@coot
 runtime/syntax/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/hollywood.vim		@sodero
 runtime/syntax/html.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/i3config.vim		@hiqua
 runtime/syntax/icon.vim			@dkearns
@@ -355,6 +375,7 @@ runtime/syntax/indent.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/j.vim			@glts
 runtime/syntax/jargon.vim		@h3xx
 runtime/syntax/java.vim			@fleiner
+runtime/syntax/javascript.vim		@fleiner
 runtime/syntax/jsonc.vim		@izhakjakov
 runtime/syntax/julia.vim		@carlobaldassi
 runtime/syntax/kconfig.vim		@chrisbra
@@ -378,8 +399,10 @@ runtime/syntax/n1ql.vim			@pr3d4t0r
 runtime/syntax/netrw.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/nginx.vim		@chr4
 runtime/syntax/ninja.vim		@nico
+runtime/syntax/nix.vim			@equill
 runtime/syntax/nroff.vim		@jmarshall
 runtime/syntax/nsis.vim			@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/openvpn.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/pascal.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/pbtxt.vim		@lakshayg
 runtime/syntax/pdf.vim			@tpope
@@ -387,6 +410,7 @@ runtime/syntax/perl.vim			@petdance
 runtime/syntax/php.vim			@TysonAndre
 runtime/syntax/plsql.vim		@lee-lindley
 runtime/syntax/pod.vim			@petdance
+runtime/syntax/poefilter.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/postscr.vim		@mrdubya
 runtime/syntax/privoxy.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/prolog.vim		@XVilka
@@ -414,12 +438,14 @@ runtime/syntax/sass.vim			@tpope
 runtime/syntax/scala.vim		@derekwyatt
 runtime/syntax/scss.vim			@tpope
 runtime/syntax/sdoc.vim			@gpanders
+runtime/syntax/sed.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/sh.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/sm.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/spec.vim			@ignatenkobrain
-runtime/syntax/srt.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/sqloracle.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/squirrel.vim		@zenmatic
+runtime/syntax/srt.vim			@ObserverOfTime
+runtime/syntax/ssa.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/sshconfig.vim		@Jakuje
 runtime/syntax/sshdconfig.vim		@Jakuje
 runtime/syntax/sudoers.vim		@e-kwsm
@@ -444,6 +470,7 @@ runtime/syntax/vdf.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/vim.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/vroom.vim		@dbarnett
 runtime/syntax/wast.vim			@rhysd
+runtime/syntax/wdl.vim			@zenmatic
 runtime/syntax/wget.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/wget2.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/xbl.vim			@dkearns

.github/dependabot.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+version: 2
+updates:
+  - package-ecosystem: "github-actions"
+    directory: "/"
+    schedule:
+      interval: "weekly"

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ concurrency:
   group: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.event_name == 'pull_request' && github.head_ref || github.sha }}
   cancel-in-progress: true
 
+permissions:
+  contents: read # to fetch code (actions/checkout)
+
 jobs:
   linux:
     runs-on: ubuntu-20.04
@@ -30,7 +33,7 @@ jobs:
     strategy:
       fail-fast: false
       matrix:
-        features: [tiny, small, normal, huge]
+        features: [tiny, normal, huge]
         compiler: [clang, gcc]
         extra: [none]
         include:
@@ -93,22 +96,21 @@ jobs:
       - name: Install gcc-11
         if:  matrix.compiler == 'gcc'
         run: |
-          sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test
           sudo apt install -y gcc-11
           sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/gcc gcc /usr/bin/gcc-11 100
           sudo update-alternatives --set gcc /usr/bin/gcc-11
 
-      - name: Install clang-15
+      - name: Install clang-16
         if: matrix.compiler == 'clang'
         run: |
           wget -O - https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key | sudo apt-key add -
           . /etc/lsb-release
-          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-15 main"
-          sudo apt install -y clang-15 llvm-15
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-15 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-15
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-15 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-15 100
+          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-16 main"
+          sudo apt install -y clang-16 llvm-16
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-16 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-16
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-16 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-16 100
 
       - name: Set up environment
         run: |
@@ -122,7 +124,7 @@ jobs:
           echo "TMPDIR=${{ runner.temp }}"
 
           case "${{ matrix.features }}" in
-          tiny|small)
+          tiny)
             echo "TEST=testtiny"
             if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'nogui') }}; then
               echo "CONFOPT=--disable-gui"
@@ -171,22 +173,23 @@ jobs:
           sudo usermod -a -G audio "${USER}"
           sudo bash ci/setup-xvfb.sh
 
-      - name: Cache snd-dummy
-        uses: actions/cache@v3
-        with:
-          path: ${{ env.SND_DUMMY_DIR }}
-          key: linux-${{ env.LINUX_VERSION }}-snd-dummy
+      # FIXME: Temporarily disabled because of build errors
+      #- name: Cache snd-dummy
+      #  uses: actions/cache@v3
+      #  with:
+      #    path: ${{ env.SND_DUMMY_DIR }}
+      #    key: linux-${{ env.LINUX_VERSION }}-snd-dummy
 
-      - name: Set up snd-dummy
-        run: |
-          if [[ ! -e ${SND_DUMMY_DIR}/snd-dummy.ko ]]; then
-            bash ci/build-snd-dummy.sh
-          fi
-          cd "${SND_DUMMY_DIR}"
-          sudo insmod soundcore.ko
-          sudo insmod snd.ko
-          sudo insmod snd-pcm.ko
-          sudo insmod snd-dummy.ko
+      #- name: Set up snd-dummy
+      #  run: |
+      #    if [[ ! -e ${SND_DUMMY_DIR}/snd-dummy.ko ]]; then
+      #      bash ci/build-snd-dummy.sh
+      #    fi
+      #    cd "${SND_DUMMY_DIR}"
+      #    sudo insmod soundcore.ko
+      #    sudo insmod snd.ko
+      #    sudo insmod snd-pcm.ko
+      #    sudo insmod snd-dummy.ko
 
       - name: Check autoconf
         if: contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests')
@@ -250,7 +253,7 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Codecov
         if: matrix.coverage
-        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3.1.1
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3
         with:
           flags: linux,${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ matrix.extra }}
 
@@ -301,6 +304,7 @@ jobs:
         run: |
           brew install lua
           echo "LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+          brew uninstall perl
 
       - name: Set up environment
         run: |
@@ -368,8 +372,8 @@ jobs:
       PYTHON_VER_DOT: '2.7'
       PYTHON_DIR: 'C:\Python27'
       # Python 3
-      PYTHON3_VER: 310
-      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.10'
+      PYTHON3_VER: 311
+      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.11'
       # Other dependencies
       # winpty
       WINPTY_URL: https://github.com/rprichard/winpty/releases/download/0.4.3/winpty-0.4.3-msvc2015.zip
@@ -397,6 +401,9 @@ jobs:
         id: init
         shell: bash
         run: |
+          # Show Windows version
+          cmd /c ver
+
           git config --global core.autocrlf input
 
           if [ "${{ matrix.arch }}" = "x64" ]; then
@@ -418,9 +425,9 @@ jobs:
           echo "VCVARSALL=$(vswhere -products \* -latest -property installationPath)\\VC\\Auxiliary\\Build\\vcvarsall.bat" >> $GITHUB_ENV
           if [ "${{ matrix.features }}" != "TINY" ]; then
             if [ "${{ matrix.arch }}" = "x86" ]; then
-              choco install python2 --forcex86
+              choco install python2 --no-progress --forcex86
             else
-              choco install python2
+              choco install python2 --no-progress
             fi
           fi
           python3_dir=$(cat "/proc/$cygreg/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON3_VER_DOT}$pyreg/InstallPath/@")
@@ -605,7 +612,7 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Codecov
         if: matrix.coverage
-        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3.1.1
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3
         with:
           directory: src
           flags: windows,${{ matrix.toolchain }}-${{ matrix.arch }}-${{ matrix.features }}

.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml

@@ -21,8 +21,15 @@ concurrency:
   group: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.event_name == 'pull_request' && github.head_ref || github.sha }}
   cancel-in-progress: true
 
+permissions:
+  contents: read # to fetch code (actions/checkout)
+
 jobs:
   analyze:
+    permissions:
+      contents: read # to fetch code (actions/checkout)
+      security-events: write #  (github/codeql-action/autobuild)
+
     name: Analyze
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
 

.github/workflows/coverity.yml

@@ -4,6 +4,9 @@ on:
     - cron: '42 0 * * *'  # Run once per day, to avoid Coverity's submission limits
   workflow_dispatch:
 
+permissions:
+  contents: read # to fetch code (actions/checkout)
+
 jobs:
   scan:
     runs-on: ubuntu-20.04
@@ -12,20 +15,22 @@ jobs:
       CC: gcc
       CFLAGS: -Wno-deprecated-declarations
       DEBIAN_FRONTEND: noninteractive
+      TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_TOKEN }}
 
     steps:
       - name: Checkout repository from github
+        if: env.TOKEN
         uses: actions/checkout@v3
 
       - name: Download Coverity
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           wget -q https://scan.coverity.com/download/cxx/linux64 --post-data "token=$TOKEN&project=vim" -O coverity_tool.tgz
           mkdir cov-scan
           tar ax -f coverity_tool.tgz --strip-components=1 -C cov-scan
-        env:
-          TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_TOKEN }}
 
       - name: Install packages
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           sudo apt update && sudo apt install -y \
             autoconf \
@@ -44,6 +49,7 @@ jobs:
             libsodium-dev
 
       - name: Set up environment
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           echo "$(pwd)/cov-scan/bin" >> $GITHUB_PATH
           (
@@ -52,6 +58,7 @@ jobs:
           ) >> $GITHUB_ENV
 
       - name: Configure
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           ./configure --with-features=huge ${CONFOPT} --enable-fail-if-missing
           # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
@@ -59,10 +66,12 @@ jobs:
           sed -i -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed src/auto/config.mk
 
       - name: Build/scan vim
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           cov-build --dir cov-int make -j${NPROC}
 
       - name: Submit results
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           tar zcf cov-scan.tgz cov-int
           curl --form token=$TOKEN \
@@ -72,5 +81,4 @@ jobs:
             --form description="Automatic GHA scan" \
             'https://scan.coverity.com/builds?project=vim'
         env:
-          TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_TOKEN }}
           EMAIL: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_EMAIL }}

.gitignore

@@ -44,6 +44,8 @@ gvimext.lib
 gvim.lib
 runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
 nsis/icons/*
+/vim90/
+.vscode/
 
 # NetBeans
 nbproject/*
@@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ src/testdir/messages
 src/testdir/viminfo
 src/testdir/opt_test.vim
 src/testdir/failed
+src/testdir/starttime
 runtime/indent/testdir/*.out
 runtime/indent/testdir/*.fail
 src/memfile_test

.lgtm.yml

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-# Format of this file: https://lgtm.com/help/lgtm/lgtm.yml-configuration-file
-path_classifiers:
-  documentation:
-    - runtime/tutor/tutor*

Filelist

@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.github/workflows/ci.yml \
 		.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml \
 		.github/workflows/coverity.yml \
+		.github/dependabot.yml \
 		.gitignore \
 		.hgignore \
-		.lgtm.yml \
 		.appveyor.yml \
 		.codecov.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
@@ -87,10 +87,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/job.c \
 		src/json.c \
 		src/json_test.c \
+		src/keymap.h \
 		src/kword_test.c \
 		src/list.c \
 		src/locale.c \
-		src/keymap.h \
+		src/logfile.c \
 		src/macros.h \
 		src/main.c \
 		src/map.c \
@@ -161,6 +162,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
 		src/vim9.h \
+		src/vim9class.c \
 		src/vim9cmds.c \
 		src/vim9compile.c \
 		src/vim9execute.c \
@@ -177,6 +179,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/Make_all.mak \
 		src/testdir/*.in \
 		src/testdir/*.py \
+		src/testdir/keycode_check.vim \
+		src/testdir/keycode_check.json \
 		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/testluaplugin/lua/testluaplugin/*.lua \
@@ -209,6 +213,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
 		src/testdir/pyxfile/*.py \
 		src/testdir/dumps/*.dump \
+		src/testdir/dumps/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/testdir/samples/test000 \
 		src/testdir/color_ramp.vim \
@@ -270,6 +275,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/json.pro \
 		src/proto/list.pro \
 		src/proto/locale.pro \
+		src/proto/logfile.pro \
 		src/proto/main.pro \
 		src/proto/map.pro \
 		src/proto/mark.pro \
@@ -321,6 +327,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
 		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9class.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9cmds.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9compile.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9execute.pro \
@@ -393,6 +400,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/t/66screen_extent.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/67screen_dbl_wh.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/68screen_termprops.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/69screen_reflow.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-1.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-2.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-3.test \
@@ -555,7 +563,6 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/if_ole.cpp \
 		src/if_ole.h \
 		src/if_ole.idl \
-		src/if_perl_msvc/stdbool.h \
 		src/iscygpty.c \
 		src/iscygpty.h \
 		src/iid_ole.c \
@@ -590,30 +597,9 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		nsis/README.txt \
 		nsis/lang/*.nsi \
 		uninstall.txt \
-		src/VisVim/Commands.cpp \
-		src/VisVim/Commands.h \
-		src/VisVim/DSAddIn.cpp \
-		src/VisVim/DSAddIn.h \
-		src/VisVim/OleAut.cpp \
-		src/VisVim/OleAut.h \
-		src/VisVim/README_VisVim.txt \
-		src/VisVim/Reg.cpp \
-		src/VisVim/Register.bat \
-		src/VisVim/Resource.h \
-		src/VisVim/StdAfx.cpp \
-		src/VisVim/StdAfx.h \
-		src/VisVim/UnRegist.bat \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.cpp \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.def \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.mak \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.h \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.odl \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.rc \
-		src/VisVim/VsReadMe.txt \
 
 # source files for DOS without CR/LF translation (also in the extra archive)
 SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
-		src/VisVim/Res/*.bmp \
 		src/tearoff.bmp \
 		src/tools.bmp \
 		src/vim*.ico \
@@ -624,10 +610,8 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
 		src/xpm/include/*.h \
 		src/xpm/x64/lib-vc14/libXpm.lib \
 		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.a \
-		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.lib \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib-vc14/libXpm.lib \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.a \
-		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.lib \
 		runtime/bitmaps/vim.ico \
 		nsis/icons.zip \
 
@@ -664,6 +648,7 @@ SRC_MAC =	\
 		src/os_mac_conv.c \
 		src/os_macosx.m \
 		src/proto/os_mac_conv.pro \
+		src/proto/os_macosx.pro \
 
 # source files for VMS (in the extra archive)
 SRC_VMS =	\
@@ -798,6 +783,7 @@ RT_SCRIPTS =	\
 		runtime/autoload/README.txt \
 		runtime/autoload/dist/*.vim \
 		runtime/autoload/xml/*.vim \
+		runtime/autoload/zig/*.vim \
 		runtime/colors/*.vim \
 		runtime/colors/README.txt \
 		runtime/colors/lists/*.vim \
@@ -947,7 +933,6 @@ EXTRA =		\
 		$(RT_EXTRA) \
 		$(SRC_EXTRA) \
 		README_extra.txt \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.dll \
 		runtime/vimlogo.xpm \
 
 # files in READMEdir that are included from the top dir

Makefile

@@ -198,8 +198,6 @@ MINOR = 0
 # - copy these files (get them from a binary archive or build them):
 #	gvimext.dll in src/GvimExt
 #	gvimext64.dll in src/GvimExt
-#	VisVim.dll in src/VisVim
-#   Note: VisVim needs to be build with MSVC 5, newer versions don't work.
 #   gvimext64.dll can be obtained from:
 #   https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases
 #	It is part of gvim_9.0.*_x64.zip as vim/vim90/GvimExt/gvimext64.dll.
@@ -554,8 +552,6 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvimext.dll
 	cp README_ole.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	cp src/VisVim/VisVim.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/VisVim.dll
-	cp src/VisVim/README_VisVim.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION)ole.zip vim <$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	cp gvim_ole.pdb dist/gvim$(VERSION)ole.pdb
 

README.md

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 [![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/raw/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)](https://www.vim.org)
 
-[![Github Build status](https://github.com/vim/vim/workflows/GitHub%20CI/badge.svg)](https://github.com/vim/vim/actions?query=workflow%3A%22GitHub+CI%22) [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim) [![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim) [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master) [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim) [![Language Grade: C/C++](https://img.shields.io/lgtm/grade/cpp/g/vim/vim.svg?logo=lgtm&logoWidth=18)](https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/context:cpp) [![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim) [![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim) [![Fossies codespell report](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.svg)](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.html)
+[![Github Build status](https://github.com/vim/vim/workflows/GitHub%20CI/badge.svg)](https://github.com/vim/vim/actions?query=workflow%3A%22GitHub+CI%22) [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim) [![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim) [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master) [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim) [![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim) [![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim) [![Fossies codespell report](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.svg)](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.html)
 
 <sub>For translations of this README see the end.</sub>
 
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ for details (do `:help uganda` inside Vim).
 
 Summary of the license: There are no restrictions on using or distributing an
 unmodified copy of Vim.  Parts of Vim may also be distributed, but the license
-text must always be included.  For modified versions a few restrictions apply.
+text must always be included.  For modified versions, a few restrictions apply.
 The license is GPL compatible, you may compile Vim with GPL libraries and
 distribute it.
 
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
 
 ## Contributing ##
 
-If you would like to help making Vim better, see the
+If you would like to help make Vim better, see the
 [CONTRIBUTING.md](/CONTRIBUTING.md) file.
 
 

README.txt

@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ encouraged to make a donation to help orphans in Uganda.  Please read the file
 
 Summary of the license: There are no restrictions on using or distributing an
 unmodified copy of Vim.  Parts of Vim may also be distributed, but the license
-text must always be included.  For modified versions a few restrictions apply.
+text must always be included.  For modified versions, a few restrictions apply.
 The license is GPL compatible, you may compile Vim with GPL libraries and
 distribute it.
 
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
 
 CONTRIBUTING
 
-If you would like to help making Vim better, see the CONTRIBUTING.md file.
+If you would like to help make Vim better, see the CONTRIBUTING.md file.
 
 
 INFORMATION

README_VIM9.md

@@ -2,18 +2,17 @@
 
 # What is Vim9?
 
-This is an experimental side of [Vim](https://github.com/vim/vim).
-It explores ways of making Vim script faster and better.
+This is a new syntax for Vim script that was introduced with Vim 9.0.
+It intends making Vim script faster and better.
 
-WARNING: The Vim9 script features are still under development, anything can
-break!
 
 # Why Vim9?
 
 ## 1. FASTER VIM SCRIPT
 
 The third item on the poll results of 2018, after popup windows and text
-properties, is faster Vim script.  So how do we do that?
+properties, both of which have been implemented, is faster Vim script.
+So how do we do that?
 
 I have been throwing some ideas around, and soon came to the conclusion
 that the current way functions are called and executed, with
@@ -53,7 +52,7 @@ we can gain, and also that Vim script can be faster than builtin
 interfaces.
 
 LuaJit is much faster at Lua-only instructions.  In practice the script would
-not do something useless as counting but change the text.  For example,
+not do something useless counting, but change the text.  For example,
 reindent all the lines:
 
 ``` vim

READMEdir/README_extra.txt

@@ -29,9 +29,6 @@ src/Make_mvc.mak	MS Visual C++ makefile for the Win32 GUI.
 
 src/if_ole.*		OLE automation interface, for MS Windows 95 and NT.
 
-src/VisVim/*		Integration of Win32 GUI with MS Visual Developer
-			Studio.
-
 src/GvimExt/*		DLL for the "Edit with Vim" context menu entry
 
 nsis/*			NSIS script to build the self-installing MS-Windows exe

READMEdir/README_ole.txt

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 README_ole.txt for version 9.0 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
-This archive contains gvim.exe with OLE interface and VisVim.
+This archive contains gvim.exe with OLE interface.
 This version of gvim.exe can also load a number of interface dynamically (you
 can optionally install the .dll files for each interface).
 It is only for MS-Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP.
@@ -15,6 +15,3 @@ Win32 with OLE - "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version with OLE support"
 
 For further information, type this inside Vim:
 	:help if_ole
-
-Furthermore, this archive contains VISVIM.DLL.  It can be used to integrate
-the OLE gvim with Microsoft Visual Developer Studio.  See VisVim/README.txt.

READMEdir/README_srcdos.txt

@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ These files are in the runtime archive (vim90rt.zip).
 
 
 The DOS source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on MS-Windows.
-It is packed for MS-Windows systems, with CR-LF.  It also includes the VisVim
-sources.
+It is packed for MS-Windows systems, with CR-LF.
 
 See "src/INSTALLpc.txt" for instructions on how to compile Vim on the PC.

ci/appveyor.bat

@@ -1,9 +1,54 @@
 @echo off
 :: Batch file for building/testing Vim on AppVeyor
+set target=%1
 
 setlocal ENABLEDELAYEDEXPANSION
 cd %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%
 
+:: Python3
+set PYTHON3_VER=311
+set PYTHON3_RELEASE=3.11.1
+set PYTHON3_URL=https://www.python.org/ftp/python/%PYTHON3_RELEASE%/python-%PYTHON3_RELEASE%-amd64.exe
+set PYTHON3_DIR=C:\python%PYTHON3_VER%-x64
+
+set "VSWHERE=%ProgramFiles(x86)%\Microsoft Visual Studio\Installer\vswhere.exe"
+
+if exist "%VSWHERE%" (
+  for /f "usebackq delims=" %%i in (
+    `"%VSWHERE%" -products * -latest -property installationPath`
+  ) do (
+    set "VCVARSALL=%%i\VC\Auxiliary\Build\vcvarsall.bat"
+  )
+)
+
+if not exist "%VCVARSALL%" (
+  set "VCVARSALL=%ProgramFiles(x86)%\Microsoft Visual Studio 14.0\VC\vcvarsall.bat"
+)
+call "%VCVARSALL%" x64
+
+goto %target%
+echo Unknown build target.
+exit 1
+
+:: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+:install
+@echo on
+if not exist downloads mkdir downloads
+
+:: Python 3
+if not exist %PYTHON3_DIR% (
+  call :downloadfile %PYTHON3_URL% downloads\python3.exe
+  cmd /c start /wait downloads\python3.exe /quiet TargetDir=%PYTHON3_DIR% ^
+      Include_pip=0 Include_tcltk=0 Include_test=0 Include_tools=0 ^
+      AssociateFiles=0 Shortcuts=0 Include_doc=0 Include_launcher=0 ^
+      InstallLauncherAllUsers=0
+)
+@echo off
+goto :eof
+
+:: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+:build
+
 cd src
 
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit console Version"
@@ -22,7 +67,7 @@ if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
     nmake -f Make_mvc.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
         OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no POSTSCRIPT=yes ^
         PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 ^
-        PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35-x64 ^
+        PYTHON3_VER=%PYTHON3_VER% DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=%PYTHON3_DIR% ^
         FEATURES=%FEATURE%
 ) ELSE (
     nmake -f Make_mvc.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
@@ -39,4 +84,31 @@ echo "version output MSVC console"
 .\vim --version || exit 1
 echo "version output MSVC GUI"
 type ver_msvc.txt || exit 1
-cd ..
+
+goto :eof
+
+:: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+:test
+@echo on
+cd src/testdir
+:: Testing with MSVC gvim
+path %PYTHON3_DIR%;%PATH%
+nmake -f Make_mvc.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim
+nmake -f Make_mvc.mak clean
+:: Testing with MSVC console version
+nmake -f Make_mvc.mak VIMPROG=..\vim
+
+@echo off
+goto :eof
+
+:: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+:downloadfile
+:: call :downloadfile <URL> <localfile>
+if not exist %2 (
+	curl -f -L %1 -o %2
+)
+if ERRORLEVEL 1 (
+	rem Retry once.
+	curl -f -L %1 -o %2 || exit 1
+)
+@goto :eof

nsis/README.txt

@@ -27,23 +27,20 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 	64-bit: src/GvimExt/gvimext64.dll
 	32-bit: src/GvimExt/gvimext.dll
 
-4.  Go to the VisVim directory and build VisVim.dll (or get it from a binary
-    archive).
-
-5.  Get a "diff.exe" program.  If you skip this the built-in diff will always
+4.  Get a "diff.exe" program.  If you skip this the built-in diff will always
     be used (which is fine for most users).  If you do have your own
-    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim82" directory,
+    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim90" directory,
     it's the same for all Vim versions).
     You can find one in previous Vim versions or in this archive:
 		http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/diffutils.tar.gz
 
-6   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim82"
+5   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim90"
     directory).  This is required for the terminal window.
 
-7.  Do "make uganda.nsis.txt" in runtime/doc.  This requires sed, you may have
+6.  Do "make uganda.nsis.txt" in runtime/doc.  This requires sed, you may have
     to do this on Unix.  Make sure the file is in DOS file format!
 
-8.  Get gettext and iconv DLLs from the following site:
+7.  Get gettext and iconv DLLs from the following site:
 	https://github.com/mlocati/gettext-iconv-windows/releases
     Both 64- and 32-bit versions are needed.
     Download the files gettextX.X.X.X-iconvX.XX-shared-{32,64}.zip, extract

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -36,9 +36,6 @@ Unicode true
 # Comment the next line if you do not want to add Native Language Support
 !define HAVE_NLS
 
-# Uncomment the next line if you want to include VisVim extension:
-#!define HAVE_VIS_VIM
-
 # Comment the following line to create an English-only installer:
 !define HAVE_MULTI_LANG
 
@@ -55,9 +52,6 @@ Unicode true
 # ----------- No configurable settings below this line -----------
 
 !include "Library.nsh"		# For DLL install
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-  !include "UpgradeDLL.nsh"	# for VisVim.dll
-!endif
 !include "LogicLib.nsh"
 !include "MUI2.nsh"
 !include "nsDialogs.nsh"
@@ -234,6 +228,28 @@ FunctionEnd
 !insertmacro GetParent ""
 !insertmacro GetParent "un."
 
+# Get home directory
+!macro GetHomeDir un
+Function ${un}GetHomeDir
+  Push $0
+  Push $1
+  ReadEnvStr $0 "HOME"
+  ${If} $0 == ""
+    ReadEnvStr $0 "HOMEDRIVE"
+    ReadEnvStr $1 "HOMEPATH"
+    StrCpy $0 "$0$1"
+    ${If} $0 == ""
+      ReadEnvStr $0 "USERPROFILE"
+    ${EndIf}
+  ${EndIf}
+  Pop $1
+  Exch $0  # put $0 on top of stack, restore $0 to original value
+FunctionEnd
+!macroend
+
+!insertmacro GetHomeDir ""
+!insertmacro GetHomeDir "un."
+
 # Check if Vim is already installed.
 # return: Installed directory. If not found, it will be empty.
 Function CheckOldVim
@@ -526,7 +542,8 @@ SectionGroup $(str_group_plugin) id_group_plugin
 	Section "$(str_section_plugin_home)" id_section_pluginhome
 		SectionIn 1 3
 
-		StrCpy $1 "$1 -create-directories home"
+		# use ShellExecAsUser below instead
+		# StrCpy $1 "$1 -create-directories home"
 	SectionEnd
 
 	Section "$(str_section_plugin_vim)" id_section_pluginvim
@@ -536,17 +553,6 @@ SectionGroup $(str_group_plugin) id_group_plugin
 	SectionEnd
 SectionGroupEnd
 
-##########################################################
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-Section "$(str_section_vis_vim)" id_section_visvim
-	SectionIn 3
-
-	SetOutPath $0
-	!insertmacro UpgradeDLL "${VIMSRC}\VisVim\VisVim.dll" "$0\VisVim.dll" "$0"
-	File ${VIMSRC}\VisVim\README_VisVim.txt
-SectionEnd
-!endif
-
 ##########################################################
 !ifdef HAVE_NLS
 Section "$(str_section_nls)" id_section_nls
@@ -611,6 +617,13 @@ Section -call_install_exe
 	DetailPrint "$(str_msg_registering)"
 	nsExec::Exec "$0\install.exe $1"
 	Pop $3
+
+	${If} ${SectionIsSelected} ${id_section_pluginhome}
+	  ReadEnvStr $3 "COMSPEC"
+	  Call GetHomeDir
+	  Pop $4
+	  ShellExecAsUser::ShellExecAsUser "" "$3" '/c "cd /d "$4" & mkdir vimfiles & cd vimfiles & mkdir colors compiler doc ftdetect ftplugin indent keymap plugin syntax"' SW_HIDE
+	${EndIf}
 SectionEnd
 
 ##########################################################
@@ -634,12 +647,6 @@ Section -post
 	  SectionGetSize ${id_section_editwith} $4
 	  IntOp $3 $3 + $4
 	${EndIf}
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-	${If} ${SectionIsSelected} ${id_section_visvim}
-	  SectionGetSize ${id_section_visvim} $4
-	  IntOp $3 $3 + $4
-	${EndIf}
-!endif
 !ifdef HAVE_NLS
 	${If} ${SectionIsSelected} ${id_section_nls}
 	  SectionGetSize ${id_section_nls} $4
@@ -670,9 +677,6 @@ Section -post
 	!insertmacro SaveSectionSelection ${id_section_vimrc}      "select_vimrc"
 	!insertmacro SaveSectionSelection ${id_section_pluginhome} "select_pluginhome"
 	!insertmacro SaveSectionSelection ${id_section_pluginvim}  "select_pluginvim"
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-	!insertmacro SaveSectionSelection ${id_section_visvim}     "select_visvim"
-!endif
 !ifdef HAVE_NLS
 	!insertmacro SaveSectionSelection ${id_section_nls}        "select_nls"
 !endif
@@ -744,9 +748,6 @@ Function .onInit
   !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_vimrc}      "select_vimrc"
   !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_pluginhome} "select_pluginhome"
   !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_pluginvim}  "select_pluginvim"
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-  !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_visvim}     "select_visvim"
-!endif
 !ifdef HAVE_NLS
   !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_nls}        "select_nls"
 !endif
@@ -921,9 +922,6 @@ FunctionEnd
     !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${id_group_plugin}        $(str_desc_plugin)
     !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${id_section_pluginhome}  $(str_desc_plugin_home)
     !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${id_section_pluginvim}   $(str_desc_plugin_vim)
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-    !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${id_section_visvim}      $(str_desc_vis_vim)
-!endif
 !ifdef HAVE_NLS
     !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${id_section_nls}         $(str_desc_nls)
 !endif
@@ -947,13 +945,6 @@ Section "un.$(str_unsection_register)" id_unsection_register
 	# created.  Thus the "vim61" directory is included in it.
 	StrCpy $0 "$INSTDIR"
 
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-	# If VisVim was installed, unregister the DLL.
-	${If} ${FileExists} "$0\VisVim.dll"
-	  ExecWait "regsvr32.exe /u /s $0\VisVim.dll"
-	${EndIf}
-!endif
-
 	# delete the context menu entry and batch files
 	DetailPrint "$(str_msg_unregistering)"
 	nsExec::Exec "$0\uninstall.exe -nsis"
@@ -1046,9 +1037,6 @@ Section "un.$(str_unsection_exe)" id_unsection_exe
 	RMDir /r $0\syntax
 	RMDir /r $0\tools
 	RMDir /r $0\tutor
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-	RMDir /r $0\VisVim
-!endif
 	RMDir /r $0\lang
 	RMDir /r $0\keymap
 	Delete $0\*.exe
@@ -1084,15 +1072,8 @@ SectionEnd
 SectionGroup "un.$(str_ungroup_plugin)" id_ungroup_plugin
 	Section /o "un.$(str_unsection_plugin_home)" id_unsection_plugin_home
 		# get the home dir
-		ReadEnvStr $0 "HOME"
-		${If} $0 == ""
-		  ReadEnvStr $0 "HOMEDRIVE"
-		  ReadEnvStr $1 "HOMEPATH"
-		  StrCpy $0 "$0$1"
-		  ${If} $0 == ""
-		    ReadEnvStr $0 "USERPROFILE"
-		  ${EndIf}
-		${EndIf}
+		Call un.GetHomeDir
+		Pop $0
 
 		${If} $0 != ""
 		  !insertmacro RemoveVimfiles $0

nsis/lang/danish.nsi

@@ -79,9 +79,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper i HO
 LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_DANISH}     "Delte"
 LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper i Vim-installationsmappe, det bruges af alle på systemet."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_DANISH}     "VisVim-udvidelser"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_DANISH}     "VisVim-udvidelser til integrering i Microsoft Visual Studio."
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_DANISH}     "Understøttelse af modersmål"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_DANISH}     "Installer filer til understøttelse af modersmål."
 

nsis/lang/dutch.nsi

@@ -123,11 +123,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
     "Creëer plugin mappen in Vim installatie map, deze worden gebruikt \
      voor iedereen op het systeem."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
-    "VisVim extensie"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_DUTCH} \
-    "VisVim extensie voor Microsoft Visual Studio integratie."
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_DUTCH} \
     "Ondersteuning voor andere talen"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_DUTCH} \

nsis/lang/english.nsi

@@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
     "Create plugin directories in Vim install directory, it is used for \
      everybody on the system."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
-    "VisVim Extension"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
-    "VisVim Extension for Microsoft Visual Studio integration."
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
     "Native Language Support"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_ENGLISH} \

nsis/lang/german.nsi

@@ -122,11 +122,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
     "Plugin-Verzeichnisse im Vim-Installationsverzeichnis erstellen. Diese werden \
      für alle Benutzer dieses Systems genutzt."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
-    "VisVim-Erweiterung"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_GERMAN} \
-    "VisVim-Erweiterung zur Integration in Microsoft Visual Studio."
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_GERMAN} \
     "Unterstützung für andere Sprachen"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_GERMAN} \

nsis/lang/italian.nsi

@@ -123,11 +123,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Crea directory per plugin nella directory di installazione di Vim \
      per uso da parte di tutti gli utenti di questo sistema."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Estensione VisVim"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Estensione VisVim per integrazione con Microsoft Visual Studio."
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Supporto Multilingue (NLS)"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_ITALIAN} \

nsis/lang/japanese.nsi

@@ -128,11 +128,6 @@ LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
 LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
     "プラグインディレクトリを Vim のインストールディレクトリに作成します。システムの全員で共有されます。"
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
-    "VisVim 拡張"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
-    "Microsoft Visual Studio 統合用の VisVim 拡張。"
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
     "多言語サポート"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_JAPANESE} \

nsis/lang/russian.nsi

@@ -125,11 +125,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
      Модули в этом каталоге будут доступны для любого пользователя \
      зарегистрировавшегося в системе"
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
-    "Подключаемый модуль VisVim"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
-    "Подключаемый модуль VisVim используется для интеграции с Microsoft Visual Studio"
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
     "Поддержка региональных языков"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \

nsis/lang/serbian.nsi

@@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
     "Креира директоријуме додатака у Vim инсталационом директоријуму, користе их сви \
      на систему."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
-    "VisVim проширење"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
-    "VisVim проширење за Microsoft Visual Studio интеграцију."
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
     "Подршка за домаћи језик"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_SERBIAN} \

nsis/lang/simpchinese.nsi

@@ -120,11 +120,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "在 Vim 安装目录下创建(空的)插件目录结构，系统上所有用户都能使用安装在\
      该目录下的扩展插件。"
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "VisVim 插件"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "安装与 Visual Studio 集成的 VisVim 插件。"
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "安装多语言支持"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \

nsis/lang/tradchinese.nsi

@@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
     "在 Vim 安裝資料夾下建立(空的)插件資料夾結構，電腦上所有用戶都能使用安裝\
      在該資料夾里的擴展插件。"
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
-    "安裝 VisVim 插件"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
-    "VisVim 是用于與微軟 Microsoft Visual Studio 軟體進行整合的插件。"
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
     "安裝本地語言支持"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \

nsis/lang/turkish.nsi

@@ -90,11 +90,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Eklenti dizinlerini Vim yükleme dizininde oluşturur. Bu eklentilerden \
      bilgisayarın tüm kullanıcıları yararlanabilir."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "VisVim eklentisi"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Microsoft Visual Studio entegrasyonu için VisVim eklentisi"
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Ek dil desteği"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_TURKISH} \

runtime/autoload/context.vim

@@ -3,13 +3,18 @@ vim9script
 # Language:           ConTeXt typesetting engine
 # Maintainer:         Nicola Vitacolonna <nvitacolonna@gmail.com>
 # Former Maintainers: Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-# Latest Revision:    2022 Aug 12
+# Latest Revision:    2022 Sep 19
 
 # Typesetting {{{
 import autoload './typeset.vim'
 
 export def ConTeXtCmd(path: string): list<string>
-  return ['mtxrun', '--script', 'context', '--nonstopmode', '--autogenerate', path]
+  var cmd = ['mtxrun', '--script', 'context', '--nonstopmode', '--autogenerate']
+  if !empty(get(g:, 'context_extra_options', ''))
+    cmd += g:context_extra_options
+  endif
+  cmd->add(path)
+  return cmd
 enddef
 
 export def Typeset(bufname: string, env = {}, Cmd = ConTeXtCmd): bool

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script
 # Vim functions for file type detection
 #
 # Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-# Last Change:	2022 Apr 13
+# Last Change:	2022 Dec 14
 
 # These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 # faster.
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ export def FTcls()
     return
   endif
 
-  if getline(1) =~ '^%'
+  if getline(1) =~ '^\v%(\%|\\)'
     setf tex
   elseif getline(1)[0] == '#' && getline(1) =~ 'rexx'
     setf rexx
@@ -712,7 +712,8 @@ export def SetFileTypeSH(name: string)
     if exists("b:is_sh")
       unlet b:is_sh
     endif
-  elseif name =~ '\<sh\>'
+  elseif name =~ '\<sh\>' || name =~ '\<dash\>'
+    # Ubuntu links "sh" to "dash", thus it is expected to work the same way
     b:is_sh = 1
     if exists("b:is_kornshell")
       unlet b:is_kornshell
@@ -809,10 +810,13 @@ export def SQL()
 enddef
 
 # This function checks the first 25 lines of file extension "sc" to resolve
-# detection between scala and SuperCollider
+# detection between scala and SuperCollider.
+# NOTE: We don't check for 'Class : Method', as this can easily be confused
+# 	with valid Scala like `val x : Int = 3`. So we instead only rely on
+# 	checks that can't be confused.
 export def FTsc()
   for lnum in range(1, min([line("$"), 25]))
-    if getline(lnum) =~# '[A-Za-z0-9]*\s:\s[A-Za-z0-9]\|var\s<\|classvar\s<\|\^this.*\||\w*|\|+\s\w*\s{\|\*ar\s'
+    if getline(lnum) =~# 'var\s<\|classvar\s<\|\^this.*\||\w\+|\|+\s\w*\s{\|\*ar\s'
       setf supercollider
       return
     endif
@@ -1087,5 +1091,18 @@ export def FTdat()
   endif
 enddef
 
+export def FTlsl()
+  if exists("g:filetype_lsl")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_lsl
+  endif
+
+  var line = getline(nextnonblank(1))
+  if line =~ '^\s*%' || line =~# ':\s*trait\s*$'
+    setf larch
+  else
+    setf lsl
+  endif
+enddef
+
 # Uncomment this line to check for compilation errors early
 # defcompile

runtime/autoload/dist/script.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ vim9script
 # Invoked from "scripts.vim" in 'runtimepath'
 #
 # Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-# Last Change:	2022 Feb 13
+# Last Change:	2022 Nov 24
 
 export def DetectFiletype()
   var line1 = getline(1)
@@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ def DetectFromHashBang(firstline: string)
     name = 'wish'
   endif
 
-  # Bourne-like shell scripts: bash bash2 ksh ksh93 sh
-  if name =~ '^\(bash\d*\|\|ksh\d*\|sh\)\>'
+    # Bourne-like shell scripts: bash bash2 dash ksh ksh93 sh
+  if name =~ '^\(bash\d*\|dash\|ksh\d*\|sh\)\>'
     call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(line1)
 
     # csh scripts

runtime/autoload/netrw.vim

@@ -1791,8 +1791,10 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt)
 "  call Decho("settings buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">: ".((&l:ma == 0)? "no" : "")."ma ".((&l:mod == 0)? "no" : "")."mod ".((&l:bl == 0)? "no" : "")."bl ".((&l:ro == 0)? "no" : "")."ro fo=".&l:fo." a:vt=".a:vt,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if !exists("{a:vt}netrw_optionsave")
 "   call Decho("case ".a:vt."netrw_optionsave : doesn't exist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-"   call Decho("..doing filetype detect anyway")
-   filetype detect
+   if !isdirectory(expand('%'))
+"    call Decho("..doing filetype detect anyway")
+     filetype detect
+   endif
 "   call Decho("..settings buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">: ".((&l:ma == 0)? "no" : "")."ma ".((&l:mod == 0)? "no" : "")."mod ".((&l:bl == 0)? "no" : "")."bl ".((&l:ro == 0)? "no" : "")."ro fo=".&l:fo." a:vt=".a:vt,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("..ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Dret("s:NetrwOptionsRestore : ".a:vt."netrw_optionsave doesn't exist")
@@ -1904,9 +1906,11 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt)
   " were having their filetype detect-generated settings overwritten by
   " NetrwOptionRestore.
   if &ft != "netrw"
-"   call Decho("before: filetype detect  (ft=".&ft.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   filetype detect
-"   call Decho("after : filetype detect  (ft=".&ft.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+    if !isdirectory(expand('%'))
+"     call Decho("before: filetype detect  (ft=".&ft.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      filetype detect
+"     call Decho("after : filetype detect  (ft=".&ft.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+    endif
   endif
 "  call Decho("(s:NetrwOptionsRestore) lines=".&lines)
 "  call Decho("settings buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">: ".((&l:ma == 0)? "no" : "")."ma ".((&l:mod == 0)? "no" : "")."mod ".((&l:bl == 0)? "no" : "")."bl ".((&l:ro == 0)? "no" : "")."ro fo=".&l:fo." a:vt=".a:vt,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2019 Aug 16
+" Last Change: 2023 Jan 01
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -351,63 +351,65 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   let s:old_magic = &magic
   set magic
 
-  if s:settings.use_xhtml
-    if s:settings.encoding != ""
-      let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"" . s:settings.encoding . "\"?>"
-    else
-      let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>"
-    endif
-    let tag_close = ' />'
-  endif
-
-  let style = [s:settings.use_xhtml ? "" : '-->']
-  let body_line = ''
-
   let html = []
-  let s:html5 = 0
-  if s:settings.use_xhtml
-    call add(html, xml_line)
-  endif
-  if s:settings.use_xhtml
-    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">")
-    call add(html, '<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">')
-  elseif s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_pre
-    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html>")
-    call add(html, '<html>')
-    let s:html5 = 1
-  else
-    call add(html, '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"')
-    call add(html, '  "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">')
-    call add(html, '<html>')
-  endif
-  call add(html, '<head>')
-
-  " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
-  " contained in XML information
-  if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
-    if s:html5
-      call add(html, '<meta charset="' . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
-    else
-      call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+  if !s:settings.no_doc
+    if s:settings.use_xhtml
+      if s:settings.encoding != ""
+	let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"" . s:settings.encoding . "\"?>"
+      else
+	let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>"
+      endif
+      let tag_close = ' />'
     endif
+
+    let style = [s:settings.use_xhtml ? "" : '-->']
+    let body_line = ''
+
+    let s:html5 = 0
+    if s:settings.use_xhtml
+      call add(html, xml_line)
+    endif
+    if s:settings.use_xhtml
+      call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">")
+      call add(html, '<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">')
+    elseif s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_pre
+      call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html>")
+      call add(html, '<html>')
+      let s:html5 = 1
+    else
+      call add(html, '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"')
+      call add(html, '  "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">')
+      call add(html, '<html>')
+    endif
+    call add(html, '<head>')
+
+    " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
+    " contained in XML information
+    if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
+      if s:html5
+	call add(html, '<meta charset="' . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+      else
+	call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    call add(html, '<title>diff</title>')
+    call add(html, '<meta name="Generator" content="Vim/'.v:version/100.'.'.v:version%100.'"'.tag_close)
+    call add(html, '<meta name="plugin-version" content="'.g:loaded_2html_plugin.'"'.tag_close)
+    call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
+	  \ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
+	  \ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
+	  \ ',use_input_for_pc='.s:settings.use_input_for_pc.
+	  \ '"'.tag_close)
+    call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
+	  \ (exists('g:colors_name')
+	  \ ? g:colors_name
+	  \ : 'none'). '"'.tag_close)
+
+    call add(html, '</head>')
+    let body_line_num = len(html)
+    call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
   endif
-
-  call add(html, '<title>diff</title>')
-  call add(html, '<meta name="Generator" content="Vim/'.v:version/100.'.'.v:version%100.'"'.tag_close)
-  call add(html, '<meta name="plugin-version" content="'.g:loaded_2html_plugin.'"'.tag_close)
-  call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
-	\ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
-	\ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
-	\ ',use_input_for_pc='.s:settings.use_input_for_pc.
-	\ '"'.tag_close)
-  call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
-	\ (exists('g:colors_name')
-	\ ? g:colors_name
-	\ : 'none'). '"'.tag_close)
-
-  call add(html, '</head>')
-  let body_line_num = len(html)
-  call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
   call add(html, "<table ".(s:settings.use_css? "" : "border='1' width='100%' ")."id='vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."'>")
 
   call add(html, '<tr>')
@@ -430,47 +432,53 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " When not using CSS or when using xhtml, the <body> line can be important.
     " Assume it will be the same for all buffers and grab it from the first
     " buffer. Similarly, need to grab the body end line as well.
-    if body_line == ''
+    if !s:settings.no_doc
+      if body_line == ''
+	1
+	call search('<body')
+	let body_line = getline('.')
+	$
+	call search('</body>', 'b')
+	let s:body_end_line = getline('.')
+      endif
+
+      " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
+      " it if it's not already there. {{{
       1
-      call search('<body')
-      let body_line = getline('.')
-      $
-      call search('</body>', 'b')
-      let s:body_end_line = getline('.')
-    endif
-
-    " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
-    " it if it's not already there. {{{
-    1
-    let style_start = search('^<style\( type="text/css"\)\?>')
-    1
-    let style_end = search('^</style>')
-    if style_start > 0 && style_end > 0
-      let buf_styles = getline(style_start + 1, style_end - 1)
-      for a_style in buf_styles
-	if index(style, a_style) == -1
-	  if diff_style_start == 0
-	    if a_style =~ '\<Diff\(Change\|Text\|Add\|Delete\)'
-	      let diff_style_start = len(style)-1
+      let style_start = search('^<style\( type="text/css"\)\?>')
+      1
+      let style_end = search('^</style>')
+      if style_start > 0 && style_end > 0
+	let buf_styles = getline(style_start + 1, style_end - 1)
+	for a_style in buf_styles
+	  if index(style, a_style) == -1
+	    if diff_style_start == 0
+	      if a_style =~ '\<Diff\(Change\|Text\|Add\|Delete\)'
+		let diff_style_start = len(style)-1
+	      endif
 	    endif
+	    call insert(style, a_style, insert_index)
+	    let insert_index += 1
 	  endif
-	  call insert(style, a_style, insert_index)
-	  let insert_index += 1
-	endif
-      endfor
-    endif " }}}
+	endfor
+      endif " }}}
 
-    " everything new will get added before the diff styles so diff highlight
-    " properly overrides normal highlight
-    if diff_style_start != 0
-      let insert_index = diff_style_start
+      " everything new will get added before the diff styles so diff highlight
+      " properly overrides normal highlight
+      if diff_style_start != 0
+	let insert_index = diff_style_start
+      endif
+
+      " Delete those parts that are not needed so we can include the rest into the
+      " resulting table.
+      1,/^<body.*\%(\n<!--.*-->\_s\+.*id='oneCharWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneInputWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneEmWidth'\)\?\zs/d_
+      $
+      ?</body>?,$d_
+    elseif !s:settings.no_modeline
+      " remove modeline from source files if it is included and we haven't deleted
+      " due to removing html footer already
+      $d
     endif
-
-    " Delete those parts that are not needed so we can include the rest into the
-    " resulting table.
-    1,/^<body.*\%(\n<!--.*-->\_s\+.*id='oneCharWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneInputWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneEmWidth'\)\?\zs/d_
-    $
-    ?</body>?,$d_
     let temp = getline(1,'$')
     " clean out id on the main content container because we already set it on
     " the table
@@ -478,7 +486,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " undo deletion of start and end part
     " so we can later save the file as valid html
     " TODO: restore using grabbed lines if undolevel is 1?
-    normal! 2u
+    if !s:settings.no_doc
+      normal! 2u
+    elseif !s:settings.no_modeline
+      normal! u
+    endif
     if s:settings.use_css
       call add(html, '<td><div>')
     elseif s:settings.use_xhtml
@@ -495,17 +507,23 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     quit!
   endfor
 
-  let html[body_line_num] = body_line
+  if !s:settings.no_doc
+    let html[body_line_num] = body_line
+  endif
 
   call add(html, '</tr>')
   call add(html, '</table>')
-  call add(html, s:body_end_line)
-  call add(html, '</html>')
+  if !s:settings.no_doc
+    call add(html, s:body_end_line)
+    call add(html, '</html>')
+  endif
 
   " The generated HTML is admittedly ugly and takes a LONG time to fold.
   " Make sure the user doesn't do syntax folding when loading a generated file,
   " using a modeline.
-  call add(html, '<!-- vim: set foldmethod=manual : -->')
+  if !s:settings.no_modeline
+    call add(html, '<!-- vim: set foldmethod=manual : -->')
+  endif
 
   let i = 1
   let name = "Diff" . (s:settings.use_xhtml ? ".xhtml" : ".html")
@@ -542,129 +560,131 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 
   call append(0, html)
 
-  if len(style) > 0
-    1
-    let style_start = search('^</head>')-1
+  if !s:settings.no_doc
+    if len(style) > 0
+      1
+      let style_start = search('^</head>')-1
 
-    " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
-    " and again without adjusting {{{
+      " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
+      " and again without adjusting {{{
 
-    let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids
+      let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids
 
-    " insert script closing tag if needed
-    if s:uses_script
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ '',
-	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
-	    \ "</script>"
-	    \ ])
-    endif
-
-    " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
-    " jumping to any lines contained therein
-    if s:settings.line_ids
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "  /* Always jump to new location even if the line was hidden inside a fold, or",
-	    \ "   * we corrected the raw number to a line ID.",
-	    \ "   */",
-	    \ "  if (lineElem) {",
-	    \ "    lineElem.scrollIntoView(true);",
-	    \ "  }",
-	    \ "  return true;",
-	    \ "}",
-	    \ "if ('onhashchange' in window) {",
-	    \ "  window.onhashchange = JumpToLine;",
-	    \ "}"
-	    \ ])
-
-      if s:settings.dynamic_folds
+      " insert script closing tag if needed
+      if s:uses_script
 	call append(style_start, [
-	      \ "",
-	      \ "  /* navigate upwards in the DOM tree to open all folds containing the line */",
-	      \ "  var node = lineElem;",
-	      \ "  while (node && node.id != 'vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."')",
-	      \ "  {",
-	      \ "    if (node.className == 'closed-fold')",
-	      \ "    {",
-	      \ "      /* toggle open the fold ID (remove window ID) */",
-	      \ "      toggleFold(node.id.substr(4));",
-	      \ "    }",
-	      \ "    node = node.parentNode;",
-	      \ "  }",
+	      \ '',
+	      \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
+	      \ "</script>"
 	      \ ])
       endif
-    endif
 
-    if s:settings.line_ids
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "",
-	    \ "/* function to open any folds containing a jumped-to line before jumping to it */",
-	    \ "function JumpToLine()",
-	    \ "{",
-	    \ "  var lineNum;",
-	    \ "  lineNum = window.location.hash;",
-	    \ "  lineNum = lineNum.substr(1); /* strip off '#' */",
-	    \ "",
-	    \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('L') == -1) {",
-	    \ "    lineNum = 'L'+lineNum;",
-	    \ "  }",
-	    \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('W') == -1) {",
-	    \ "    lineNum = 'W1'+lineNum;",
-	    \ "  }",
-	    \ "  var lineElem = document.getElementById(lineNum);"
-	    \ ])
-    endif
+      " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
+      " jumping to any lines contained therein
+      if s:settings.line_ids
+	call append(style_start, [
+	      \ "  /* Always jump to new location even if the line was hidden inside a fold, or",
+	      \ "   * we corrected the raw number to a line ID.",
+	      \ "   */",
+	      \ "  if (lineElem) {",
+	      \ "    lineElem.scrollIntoView(true);",
+	      \ "  }",
+	      \ "  return true;",
+	      \ "}",
+	      \ "if ('onhashchange' in window) {",
+	      \ "  window.onhashchange = JumpToLine;",
+	      \ "}"
+	      \ ])
 
-    " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
-    " if dynamic folding is active.
-    if s:settings.dynamic_folds
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \  "  function toggleFold(objID)",
-	    \  "  {",
-	    \  "    for (win_num = 1; win_num <= ".len(a:buf_list)."; win_num++)",
-	    \  "    {",
-	    \  "      var fold;",
-	    \  '      fold = document.getElementById("win"+win_num+objID);',
-	    \  "      if(fold.className == 'closed-fold')",
-	    \  "      {",
-	    \  "        fold.className = 'open-fold';",
-	    \  "      }",
-	    \  "      else if (fold.className == 'open-fold')",
-	    \  "      {",
-	    \  "        fold.className = 'closed-fold';",
-	    \  "      }",
-	    \  "    }",
-	    \  "  }",
-	    \ ])
-    endif
+	if s:settings.dynamic_folds
+	  call append(style_start, [
+		\ "",
+		\ "  /* navigate upwards in the DOM tree to open all folds containing the line */",
+		\ "  var node = lineElem;",
+		\ "  while (node && node.id != 'vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."')",
+		\ "  {",
+		\ "    if (node.className == 'closed-fold')",
+		\ "    {",
+		\ "      /* toggle open the fold ID (remove window ID) */",
+		\ "      toggleFold(node.id.substr(4));",
+		\ "    }",
+		\ "    node = node.parentNode;",
+		\ "  }",
+		\ ])
+	endif
+      endif
 
-    if s:uses_script
-      " insert script tag if needed
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "<script" . (s:html5 ? "" : " type='text/javascript'") . ">",
-	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
-    endif
+      if s:settings.line_ids
+	call append(style_start, [
+	      \ "",
+	      \ "/* function to open any folds containing a jumped-to line before jumping to it */",
+	      \ "function JumpToLine()",
+	      \ "{",
+	      \ "  var lineNum;",
+	      \ "  lineNum = window.location.hash;",
+	      \ "  lineNum = lineNum.substr(1); /* strip off '#' */",
+	      \ "",
+	      \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('L') == -1) {",
+	      \ "    lineNum = 'L'+lineNum;",
+	      \ "  }",
+	      \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('W') == -1) {",
+	      \ "    lineNum = 'W1'+lineNum;",
+	      \ "  }",
+	      \ "  var lineElem = document.getElementById(lineNum);"
+	      \ ])
+      endif
 
-    " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
-    " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take
-    " up the full browser window (but not more), and be static in size,
-    " horizontally scrollable when the lines are too long. Otherwise, the diff
-    " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
-    if s:settings.use_css
-      call append(style_start,
-	    \ ['<style' . (s:html5 ? '' : 'type="text/css"') . '>']+
-	    \ style+
-	    \ [ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '<!--',
-	    \   'table { table-layout: fixed; }',
-	    \   'html, body, table, tbody { width: 100%; margin: 0; padding: 0; }',
-	    \   'table, td, th { border: 1px solid; }',
-	    \   'td { vertical-align: top; }',
-	    \   'th, td { width: '.printf("%.1f",100.0/len(a:win_list)).'%; }',
-	    \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
-	    \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
-	    \   '</style>'
-	    \])
-    endif "}}}
+      " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
+      " if dynamic folding is active.
+      if s:settings.dynamic_folds
+	call append(style_start, [
+	      \  "  function toggleFold(objID)",
+	      \  "  {",
+	      \  "    for (win_num = 1; win_num <= ".len(a:buf_list)."; win_num++)",
+	      \  "    {",
+	      \  "      var fold;",
+	      \  '      fold = document.getElementById("win"+win_num+objID);',
+	      \  "      if(fold.className == 'closed-fold')",
+	      \  "      {",
+	      \  "        fold.className = 'open-fold';",
+	      \  "      }",
+	      \  "      else if (fold.className == 'open-fold')",
+	      \  "      {",
+	      \  "        fold.className = 'closed-fold';",
+	      \  "      }",
+	      \  "    }",
+	      \  "  }",
+	      \ ])
+      endif
+
+      if s:uses_script
+	" insert script tag if needed
+	call append(style_start, [
+	      \ "<script" . (s:html5 ? "" : " type='text/javascript'") . ">",
+	      \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
+      endif
+
+      " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
+      " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take
+      " up the full browser window (but not more), and be static in size,
+      " horizontally scrollable when the lines are too long. Otherwise, the diff
+      " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
+      if s:settings.use_css
+	call append(style_start,
+	      \ ['<style' . (s:html5 ? '' : 'type="text/css"') . '>']+
+	      \ style+
+	      \ [ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '<!--',
+	      \   'table { table-layout: fixed; }',
+	      \   'html, body, table, tbody { width: 100%; margin: 0; padding: 0; }',
+	      \   'table, td, th { border: 1px solid; }',
+	      \   'td { vertical-align: top; }',
+	      \   'th, td { width: '.printf("%.1f",100.0/len(a:win_list)).'%; }',
+	      \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
+	      \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
+	      \   '</style>'
+	      \])
+      endif "}}}
+    endif
   endif
 
   let &paste = s:old_paste
@@ -712,6 +732,9 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'hover_unfold', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,            'no_pre', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,            'no_doc', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,          'no_links', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'no_modeline', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'no_invalid', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'whole_filler', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'use_xhtml', 0 )
@@ -752,7 +775,7 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
 
     " pre_wrap doesn't do anything if not using pre or not using CSS
     if user_settings.no_pre || !user_settings.use_css
-      let user_settings.pre_wrap=0
+      let user_settings.pre_wrap = 0
     endif
     "}}}
 

runtime/autoload/zig/fmt.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+" Adapted from fatih/vim-go: autoload/go/fmt.vim
+"
+" Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+" Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+" license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+"
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+function! zig#fmt#Format() abort
+  " Save cursor position and many other things.
+  let view = winsaveview()
+
+  if !executable('zig')
+    echohl Error | echomsg "no zig binary found in PATH" | echohl None
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let cmdline = 'zig fmt --stdin --ast-check'
+  let current_buf = bufnr('')
+
+  " The formatted code is output on stdout, the errors go on stderr.
+  if exists('*systemlist')
+    silent let out = systemlist(cmdline, current_buf)
+  else
+    silent let out = split(system(cmdline, current_buf))
+  endif
+  if len(out) == 1
+    if out[0] == "error: unrecognized parameter: '--ast-check'"
+      let cmdline = 'zig fmt --stdin'
+      if exists('*systemlist')
+        silent let out = systemlist(cmdline, current_buf)
+      else
+        silent let out = split(system(cmdline, current_buf))
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+  let err = v:shell_error
+
+
+  if err == 0
+    " remove undo point caused via BufWritePre.
+    try | silent undojoin | catch | endtry
+
+    " Replace the file content with the formatted version.
+    if exists('*deletebufline')
+      call deletebufline(current_buf, len(out), line('$'))
+    else
+      silent execute ':' . len(out) . ',' . line('$') . ' delete _'
+    endif
+    call setline(1, out)
+
+    " No errors detected, close the loclist.
+    call setloclist(0, [], 'r')
+    lclose
+  elseif get(g:, 'zig_fmt_parse_errors', 1)
+    let errors = s:parse_errors(expand('%'), out)
+
+    call setloclist(0, [], 'r', {
+        \ 'title': 'Errors',
+        \ 'items': errors,
+        \ })
+
+    let max_win_height = get(g:, 'zig_fmt_max_window_height', 5)
+    " Prevent the loclist from becoming too long.
+    let win_height = min([max_win_height, len(errors)])
+    " Open the loclist, but only if there's at least one error to show.
+    execute 'silent! lwindow ' . win_height
+  endif
+
+  call winrestview(view)
+
+  if err != 0
+    echohl Error | echomsg "zig fmt returned error" | echohl None
+    return
+  endif
+
+  " Run the syntax highlighter on the updated content and recompute the folds if
+  " needed.
+  syntax sync fromstart
+endfunction
+
+" parse_errors parses the given errors and returns a list of parsed errors
+function! s:parse_errors(filename, lines) abort
+  " list of errors to be put into location list
+  let errors = []
+  for line in a:lines
+    let tokens = matchlist(line, '^\(.\{-}\):\(\d\+\):\(\d\+\)\s*\(.*\)')
+    if !empty(tokens)
+      call add(errors,{
+            \"filename": a:filename,
+            \"lnum":     tokens[2],
+            \"col":      tokens[3],
+            \"text":     tokens[4],
+            \ })
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  return errors
+endfunction
+" vim: sw=2 ts=2 et

runtime/compiler/dotnet.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:            dotnet build (.NET CLI)
+" Maintainer:          Nick Jensen <nickspoon@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:         2022-12-06
+" License:             Vim (see :h license)
+" Repository:          https://github.com/nickspoons/vim-cs
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dotnet"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if get(g:, "dotnet_errors_only", v:false)
+  CompilerSet makeprg=dotnet\ build\ -nologo
+		     \\ -consoleloggerparameters:NoSummary
+		     \\ -consoleloggerparameters:ErrorsOnly
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=dotnet\ build\ -nologo\ -consoleloggerparameters:NoSummary
+endif
+
+if get(g:, "dotnet_show_project_file", v:true)
+  CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f(%l\\,%c):\ %trror\ %m,
+			 \%W%f(%l\\,%c):\ %tarning\ %m,
+			 \%-G%.%#
+else
+  CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f(%l\\,%c):\ %trror\ %m\ [%.%#],
+			 \%W%f(%l\\,%c):\ %tarning\ %m\ [%.%#],
+			 \%-G%.%#
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/hare.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Hare Compiler
+" Maintainer: Amelia Clarke <me@rsaihe.dev>
+" Last Change: 2022-09-21
+
+if exists("g:current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let g:current_compiler = "hare"
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if filereadable("Makefile") || filereadable("makefile")
+  CompilerSet makeprg=make
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=hare\ build
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+  \Error\ %f:%l:%c:\ %m,
+  \Syntax\ error:\ %.%#\ at\ %f:%l:%c\\,\ %m,
+  \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+" vim: tabstop=2 shiftwidth=2 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "zig"
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+    command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+" a subcommand must be provided for the this compiler (test, build-exe, etc)
+if has('patch-7.4.191')
+    CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ \$*\ \%:S
+else
+    CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ \$*\ \"%\"
+endif
+
+" TODO: improve errorformat as needed.
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig_build.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig build)
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+runtime compiler/zig.vim
+let current_compiler = 'zig_build'
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if exists('g:zig_build_makeprg_params')
+	execute 'CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build\ '.escape(g:zig_build_makeprg_params, ' \|"').'\ $*'
+else
+	CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build\ $*
+endif
+
+" TODO: anything to add to errorformat for zig build specifically?
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig_build_exe.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig build-exe)
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+runtime compiler/zig.vim
+let current_compiler = 'zig_build_exe'
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if has('patch-7.4.191')
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build-exe\ \%:S\ \$* 
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build-exe\ \"%\"\ \$* 
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig_test.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig test)
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+runtime compiler/zig.vim
+let current_compiler = 'zig_test'
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if has('patch-7.4.191')
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ test\ \%:S\ \$* 
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ test\ \"%\"\ \$* 
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version9.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
 	vim9.txt \
+	vim9class.txt \
 	visual.txt \
 	windows.txt \
 	workshop.txt
@@ -313,6 +314,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	vi_diff.html \
 	vimindex.html \
 	vim9.html \
+	vim9class.html \
 	visual.html \
 	windows.html \
 	workshop.html

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 24
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ If the `:autocmd` is in Vim9 script (a script that starts with `:vim9script`
 and in a `:def` function) then {cmd} will be executed as in Vim9
 script.  Thus this depends on where the autocmd is defined, not where it is
 triggered.
-
+							*:autocmd-block*
 {cmd} can be a block, like with `:command`, see |:command-repl|.  Example: >
 	au BufReadPost *.xml {
 		  setlocal matchpairs+=<:>
@@ -409,6 +409,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 			when popup menu is not visible
 |TextChangedP|		after a change was made to the text in Insert mode
 			when popup menu visible
+|TextChangedT|		after a change was made to the text in Terminal mode
 |TextYankPost|		after text has been yanked or deleted
 
 |SafeState|		nothing pending, going to wait for the user to type a
@@ -1057,8 +1058,8 @@ QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 QuickFixCmdPost			Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
 				command is run, before jumping to the first
 				location. For |:cfile| and |:lfile| commands
-				it is run after error file is read and before
-				moving to the first error.
+				it is run after the error file is read and
+				before moving to the first error.
 				See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
 							*QuitPre*
 QuitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` or `:qall`, before
@@ -1237,6 +1238,10 @@ TextChangedP			After a change was made to the text in the
 				current buffer in Insert mode, only when the
 				popup menu is visible.  Otherwise the same as
 				TextChanged.
+							*TextChangedT*
+TextChangedT			After a change was made to the text in the
+				current buffer in Terminal mode.
+				Otherwise the same as TextChanged.
 							*TextYankPost*
 TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 				current buffer.  The following values of
@@ -1337,8 +1342,9 @@ VimSuspend			When the Vim instance is suspended.  Only when
 				CTRL-Z was typed inside Vim, or when the SIGTSTP
 				signal was sent to Vim, but not for SIGSTOP.
 							*WinClosed*
-WinClosed			After closing a window.  The pattern is
-				matched against the |window-ID|.  Both
+WinClosed			When closing a window, just before it is
+				removed from the window layout.  The pattern
+				is matched against the |window-ID|.  Both
 				<amatch> and <afile> are set to the
 				|window-ID|.  Non-recursive (event cannot
 				trigger itself).
@@ -1366,17 +1372,42 @@ WinNew				When a new window was created.  Not done for
 				Before a WinEnter event.
 
 							*WinScrolled*
-WinScrolled			After scrolling the content of a window or
-				resizing a window.
-				The pattern is matched against the
-				|window-ID|.  Both <amatch> and <afile> are
-				set to the |window-ID|.
-				Non-recursive (the event cannot trigger
-				itself).  However, if the command causes the
-				window to scroll or change size another
+WinScrolled			After any window in the current tab page
+				scrolled the text (horizontally or vertically)
+				or changed width or height.  See
+				|win-scrolled-resized|.
+
+				The pattern is matched against the |window-ID|
+				of the first window that scrolled or resized.
+				Both <amatch> and <afile> are set to the
+				|window-ID|.
+
+				|v:event| is set with information about size
+				and scroll changes. |WinScrolled-event|
+
+				Only starts triggering after startup finished
+				and the first screen redraw was done.
+				Does not trigger when defining the first
+				WinScrolled or WinResized event, but may
+				trigger when adding more.
+
+				Non-recursive: the event will not trigger
+				while executing commands for the WinScrolled
+				event.  However, if the command causes a
+				window to scroll or change size, then another
 				WinScrolled event will be triggered later.
-				Does not trigger when the command is added,
-				only after the first scroll or resize.
+
+
+							*WinResized*
+WinResized			After a window in the current tab page changed
+				width or height.
+				See |win-scrolled-resized|.
+
+				|v:event| is set with information about size
+				changes. |WinResized-event|
+
+				Same behavior as |WinScrolled| for the
+				pattern, triggering and recursiveness.
 
 ==============================================================================
 6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{aupat}*

runtime/doc/builtin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 17
+*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,9 +6,10 @@
 
 Builtin functions				*builtin-functions*
 
-Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time.  If this has been
-done, the builtin functions are not available.  See |+eval| and
-|no-eval-feature|.
+Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time, the builtin
+functions are not available then.  See |+eval| and |no-eval-feature|.
+
+For functions grouped by what they are used for see |function-list|.
 
 1. Overview				|builtin-function-list|
 2. Details				|builtin-function-details|
@@ -115,13 +116,13 @@ ch_status({handle} [, {options}])
 changenr()			Number	current change number
 char2nr({expr} [, {utf8}])	Number	ASCII/UTF-8 value of first char in {expr}
 charclass({string})		Number	character class of {string}
-charcol({expr})			Number	column number of cursor or mark
+charcol({expr} [, {winid}])	Number	column number of cursor or mark
 charidx({string}, {idx} [, {countcc}])
 				Number	char index of byte {idx} in {string}
 chdir({dir})			String	change current working directory
 cindent({lnum})			Number	C indent for line {lnum}
 clearmatches([{win}])		none	clear all matches
-col({expr})			Number	column byte index of cursor or mark
+col({expr} [, {winid}])		Number	column byte index of cursor or mark
 complete({startcol}, {matches}) none	set Insert mode completion
 complete_add({expr})		Number	add completion match
 complete_check()		Number	check for key typed during completion
@@ -207,8 +208,10 @@ get({func}, {what})		any	get property of funcref/partial {func}
 getbufinfo([{buf}])		List	information about buffers
 getbufline({buf}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 				List	lines {lnum} to {end} of buffer {buf}
+getbufoneline({buf}, {lnum})	String	line {lnum} of buffer {buf}
 getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in buffer {buf}
+getcellwidths()			List	get character cell width overrides
 getchangelist([{buf}])		List	list of change list items
 getchar([expr])			Number or String
 					get one character from the user
@@ -245,6 +248,7 @@ getloclist({nr}, {what})	Dict	get specific location list properties
 getmarklist([{buf}])		List	list of global/local marks
 getmatches([{win}])		List	list of current matches
 getmousepos()			Dict	last known mouse position
+getmouseshape()			String	current mouse shape name
 getpid()			Number	process ID of Vim
 getpos({expr})			List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
 getqflist()			List	list of quickfix items
@@ -395,6 +399,7 @@ popup_create({what}, {options}) Number	create a popup window
 popup_dialog({what}, {options}) Number	create a popup window used as a dialog
 popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})  Number	filter for a menu popup window
 popup_filter_yesno({id}, {key}) Number	filter for a dialog popup window
+popup_findecho()		Number	get window ID of popup for `:echowin`
 popup_findinfo()		Number	get window ID of info popup window
 popup_findpreview()		Number	get window ID of preview popup window
 popup_getoptions({id})		Dict	get options of popup window {id}
@@ -443,7 +448,8 @@ pyxeval({expr})			any	evaluate |python_x| expression
 rand([{expr}])			Number	get pseudo-random number
 range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
 				List	items from {expr} to {max}
-readblob({fname})		Blob	read a |Blob| from {fname}
+readblob({fname} [, {offset} [, {size}]])
+				Blob	read a |Blob| from {fname}
 readdir({dir} [, {expr} [, {dict}]])
 				List	file names in {dir} selected by {expr}
 readdirex({dir} [, {expr} [, {dict}]])
@@ -603,6 +609,7 @@ submatch({nr} [, {list}])	String or List
 					specific match in ":s" or substitute()
 substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
 				String	all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
+swapfilelist()			List	swap files found in 'directory'
 swapinfo({fname})		Dict	information about swap file {fname}
 swapname({buf})			String	swap file of buffer {buf}
 synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans})	Number	syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
@@ -660,6 +667,8 @@ test_garbagecollect_soon()	none	free memory soon for testing
 test_getvalue({string})		any	get value of an internal variable
 test_gui_event({event}, {args})	bool	generate a GUI event for testing
 test_ignore_error({expr})	none	ignore a specific error
+test_mswin_event({event}, {args})
+				bool	generate MS-Windows event for testing
 test_null_blob()		Blob	null value for testing
 test_null_channel()		Channel	null value for testing
 test_null_dict()		Dict	null value for testing
@@ -803,8 +812,10 @@ append({lnum}, {text})					*append()*
 		{lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
 		{lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
 		Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
-		0 for success.  In |Vim9| script an invalid argument or
-		negative number results in an error.  Example: >
+		0 for success.  When {text} is an empty list zero is returned,
+		no matter the value of {lnum}.
+		In |Vim9| script an invalid argument or negative number
+		results in an error.  Example: >
 			:let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
 			:let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"])
 
@@ -832,7 +843,9 @@ appendbufline({buf}, {lnum}, {text})			*appendbufline()*
 		If {buf} is not a valid buffer or {lnum} is not valid, an
 		error message is given. Example: >
 			:let failed = appendbufline(13, 0, "# THE START")
-<
+<		However, when {text} is an empty list then no error is given
+		for an invalid {lnum}, since {lnum} isn't actually used.
+
 		Can also be used as a |method| after a List, the base is
 		passed as the second argument: >
 			mylist->appendbufline(buf, lnum)
@@ -978,7 +991,7 @@ autocmd_add({acmds})					*autocmd_add()*
 			let acmd.bufnr = 5
 			let acmd.cmd = 'call BufEnterFunc()'
 			call autocmd_add([acmd])
-
+<
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetAutocmdList()->autocmd_add()
 <
@@ -1314,7 +1327,8 @@ bufwinid({buf})						*bufwinid()*
 
 	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " .. (bufwinid(1))
 <
-		Only deals with the current tab page.
+		Only deals with the current tab page.  See |win_findbuf()| for
+		finding more.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			FindBuffer()->bufwinid()
@@ -1466,7 +1480,7 @@ charclass({string})					*charclass()*
 		Returns 0 if {string} is not a |String|.
 
 
-charcol({expr})						*charcol()*
+charcol({expr} [, {winid}])				*charcol()*
 		Same as |col()| but returns the character index of the column
 		position given with {expr} instead of the byte position.
 
@@ -1549,8 +1563,8 @@ clearmatches([{win}])					*clearmatches()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWin()->clearmatches()
 <
-							*col()*
-col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
+col({expr} [, {winid})					*col()*
+		The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 		position given with {expr}.  The accepted positions are:
 		    .	    the cursor position
 		    $	    the end of the cursor line (the result is the
@@ -1565,6 +1579,8 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 		and column number. Most useful when the column is "$", to get
 		the last column of a specific line.  When "lnum" or "col" is
 		out of range then col() returns zero.
+		With the optional {winid} argument the values are obtained for
+		that window instead of the current window.
 		To get the line number use |line()|.  To get both use
 		|getpos()|.
 		For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.  For the
@@ -1575,16 +1591,15 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 			col("$")		length of cursor line plus one
 			col("'t")		column of mark t
 			col("'" .. markname)	column of mark markname
-<		The first column is 1.  Returns 0 if {expr} is invalid.
+<		The first column is 1.  Returns 0 if {expr} is invalid or when
+		the window with ID {winid} is not found.
 		For an uppercase mark the column may actually be in another
 		buffer.
 		For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
 		column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
-		line.  This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
-			:imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
-				\<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
-				\<C-O>:echo col(".") .. "\n" <Bar>
-				\let &ve = save_ve<CR>
+		line.  Also, when using a <Cmd> mapping the cursor isn't
+		moved, this can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
+			:imap <F2> <Cmd>echowin col(".")<CR>
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPos()->col()
@@ -1880,10 +1895,10 @@ cursor({list})
 		|setcursorcharpos()|.
 
 		Does not change the jumplist.
-		{lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
+		{lnum} is used like with |getline()|, except that if {lnum} is
+		zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
 		If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
 		the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
-		If {lnum} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
 		If {col} is greater than the number of bytes in the line,
 		the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
 		line.
@@ -2768,7 +2783,7 @@ flattennew({list} [, {maxdepth}])			*flattennew()*
 float2nr({expr})					*float2nr()*
 		Convert {expr} to a Number by omitting the part after the
 		decimal point.
-		{expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a Number.
+		{expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
 		Returns 0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
 		When the value of {expr} is out of range for a |Number| the
 		result is truncated to 0x7fffffff or -0x7fffffff (or when
@@ -3194,7 +3209,8 @@ getbufinfo([{dict}])
 getbufline({buf}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 		Return a |List| with the lines starting from {lnum} to {end}
 		(inclusive) in the buffer {buf}.  If {end} is omitted, a
-		|List| with only the line {lnum} is returned.
+		|List| with only the line {lnum} is returned.  See
+		`getbufoneline()` for only getting the line.
 
 		For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
 
@@ -3217,6 +3233,11 @@ getbufline({buf}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->getbufline(lnum)
+<
+							*getbufoneline()*
+getbufoneline({buf}, {lnum})
+		Just like `getbufline()` but only get one line and return it
+		as a string.
 
 getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 		The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
@@ -3242,6 +3263,13 @@ getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->getbufvar(varname)
 <
+getcellwidths()						*getcellwidths()*
+		Returns a |List| of cell widths of character ranges overridden
+		by |setcellwidths()|.  The format is equal to the argument of
+		|setcellwidths()|.  If no character ranges have their cell
+		widths overridden, an empty List is returned.
+
+
 getchangelist([{buf}])					*getchangelist()*
 		Returns the |changelist| for the buffer {buf}. For the use
 		of {buf}, see |bufname()| above. If buffer {buf} doesn't
@@ -3500,6 +3528,7 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		messages	|:messages| suboptions
 		option		options
 		packadd		optional package |pack-add| names
+		runtime		|:runtime| completion
 		scriptnames	sourced script names |:scriptnames|
 		shellcmd	Shell command
 		sign		|:sign| suboptions
@@ -3761,7 +3790,8 @@ getline({lnum} [, {end}])
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			ComputeLnum()->getline()
 
-<		To get lines from another buffer see |getbufline()|
+<		To get lines from another buffer see |getbufline()| and
+		|getbufoneline()|
 
 getloclist({nr} [, {what}])				*getloclist()*
 		Returns a |List| with all the entries in the location list for
@@ -3870,6 +3900,12 @@ getmousepos()						*getmousepos()*
 		When using |getchar()| the Vim variables |v:mouse_lnum|,
 		|v:mouse_col| and |v:mouse_winid| also provide these values.
 
+getmouseshape()						*getmouseshape()*
+		Returns the name of the currently showing mouse pointer.
+		When the |+mouseshape| feature is not supported or the shape
+		is unknown an empty string is returned.
+		This function is mainly intended for testing.
+
 							*getpid()*
 getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
 		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
@@ -4110,7 +4146,7 @@ getscriptinfo([{opts})					*getscriptinfo()*
 				this script name links to, if any, otherwise
 				zero
 		    variables   A dictionary with the script-local variables.
-				Present only when the a particular script is
+				Present only when a particular script is
 				specified using the "sid" item in {opts}.
 				Note that this is a copy, the value of
 				script-local variables cannot be changed using
@@ -5402,7 +5438,8 @@ listener_add({callback} [, {buf}])			*listener_add()*
 				the change; one if unknown or the whole line
 				was affected; this is a byte index, first
 				character has a value of one.
-		When lines are inserted the values are:
+		When lines are inserted (not when a line is split, e.g. by
+		typing CR in Insert mode) the values are:
 		    lnum	line above which the new line is added
 		    end		equal to "lnum"
 		    added	number of lines inserted
@@ -5547,6 +5584,10 @@ map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		If {expr2} is a |Funcref| it is called with two arguments:
 			1. The key or the index of the current item.
 			2. the value of the current item.
+		With a legacy script lambda you don't get an error if it only
+		accepts one argument, but with a Vim9 lambda you get "E1106:
+		One argument too many", the number of arguments must match.
+
 		The function must return the new value of the item. Example
 		that changes each value by "key-value": >
 			func KeyValue(key, val)
@@ -5864,7 +5905,7 @@ matchadd({group}, {pattern} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])
 		respectively.  3 is reserved for use by the |matchparen|
 		plugin.
 		If the {id} argument is not specified or -1, |matchadd()|
-		automatically chooses a free ID.
+		automatically chooses a free ID, which is at least 1000.
 
 		The optional {dict} argument allows for further custom
 		values. Currently this is used to specify a match specific
@@ -5918,8 +5959,6 @@ matchaddpos({group}, {pos} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])
 		- A list with three numbers, e.g., [23, 11, 3]. As above, but
 		  the third number gives the length of the highlight in bytes.
 
-		The maximum number of positions in {pos} is 8.
-
 		Returns -1 on error.
 
 		Example: >
@@ -6846,10 +6885,28 @@ range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])				*range()*
 			GetExpr()->range()
 <
 
-readblob({fname})					*readblob()*
+readblob({fname} [, {offset} [, {size}]])			*readblob()*
 		Read file {fname} in binary mode and return a |Blob|.
-		When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
+		If {offset} is specified, read the file from the specified
+		offset.  If it is a negative value, it is used as an offset
+		from the end of the file.  E.g., to read the last 12 bytes: >
+			readblob('file.bin', -12)
+<		If {size} is specified, only the specified size will be read.
+		E.g. to read the first 100 bytes of a file: >
+			readblob('file.bin', 0, 100)
+<		If {size} is -1 or omitted, the whole data starting from
+		{offset} will be read.
+		This can be also used to read the data from a character device
+		on Unix when {size} is explicitly set.  Only if the device
+		supports seeking {offset} can be used.  Otherwise it should be
+		zero.  E.g. to read 10 bytes from a serial console: >
+			readblob('/dev/ttyS0', 0, 10)
+<		When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
 		the result is an empty |Blob|.
+		When the offset is beyond the end of the file the result is an
+		empty blob.
+		When trying to read more bytes than are available the result
+		is truncated.
 		Also see |readfile()| and |writefile()|.
 
 
@@ -7037,13 +7094,19 @@ reg_recording()						*reg_recording()*
 		Returns the single letter name of the register being recorded.
 		Returns an empty string when not recording.  See |q|.
 
-reltime([{start} [, {end}]])				*reltime()*
+reltime()
+reltime({start})
+reltime({start}, {end})					*reltime()*
 		Return an item that represents a time value.  The item is a
 		list with items that depend on the system.  In Vim 9 script
 		list<any> can be used.
 		The item can be passed to |reltimestr()| to convert it to a
-		string or |reltimefloat()| to convert to a Float.
-
+		string or |reltimefloat()| to convert to a Float.  For
+		example, to see the time spent in function Work(): >
+			var startTime = reltime()
+			Work()
+			echo startTime->reltime()->reltimestr()
+<
 		Without an argument reltime() returns the current time (the
 		representation is system-dependent, it can not be used as the
 		wall-clock time, see |localtime()| for that).
@@ -7164,8 +7227,8 @@ remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}])		*remote_peek()*
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
 		Examples: >
-			:let repl = ""
-			:echo "PEEK: " .. remote_peek(id, "repl") .. ": " .. repl
+		   :let repl = ""
+		   :echo "PEEK: " .. remote_peek(id, "repl") .. ": " .. repl
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			ServerId()->remote_peek()
@@ -7225,7 +7288,8 @@ remote_startserver({name})
 
 <		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
 
-remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])				*remove()*
+remove({list}, {idx})
+remove({list}, {idx}, {end})				*remove()*
 		Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from |List| {list} and
 		return the item.
 		With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
@@ -7243,7 +7307,8 @@ remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])				*remove()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->remove(idx)
 
-remove({blob}, {idx} [, {end}])
+remove({blob}, {idx})
+remove({blob}, {idx}, {end})
 		Without {end}: Remove the byte at {idx} from |Blob| {blob} and
 		return the byte.
 		With {end}: Remove bytes from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
@@ -7847,9 +7912,10 @@ setbufline({buf}, {lnum}, {text})			*setbufline()*
 		To insert lines use |appendbufline()|.
 		Any text properties in {lnum} are cleared.
 
-		{text} can be a string to set one line, or a list of strings
-		to set multiple lines.  If the list extends below the last
-		line then those lines are added.
+		{text} can be a string to set one line, or a List of strings
+		to set multiple lines.  If the List extends below the last
+		line then those lines are added.  If the List is empty then
+		nothing is changed and zero is returned.
 
 		For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
 
@@ -7888,29 +7954,38 @@ setbufvar({buf}, {varname}, {val})			*setbufvar()*
 
 setcellwidths({list})					*setcellwidths()*
 		Specify overrides for cell widths of character ranges.  This
-		tells Vim how wide characters are, counted in screen cells.
-		This overrides 'ambiwidth'.  Example: >
-		   setcellwidths([[0xad, 0xad, 1],
-				\ [0x2194, 0x2199, 2]])
+		tells Vim how wide characters are when displayed in the
+		terminal, counted in screen cells.  The values override
+		'ambiwidth'.  Example: >
+		   call setcellwidths([
+		   		\ [0x111, 0x111, 1],
+				\ [0x2194, 0x2199, 2],
+				\ ])
 
-<				*E1109* *E1110* *E1111* *E1112* *E1113* *E1114*
-		The {list} argument is a list of lists with each three
-		numbers. These three numbers are [low, high, width].  "low"
-		and "high" can be the same, in which case this refers to one
-		character. Otherwise it is the range of characters from "low"
-		to "high" (inclusive).  "width" is either 1 or 2, indicating
-		the character width in screen cells.
+<		The {list} argument is a List of Lists with each three
+		numbers: [{low}, {high}, {width}].	*E1109* *E1110*
+		{low} and {high} can be the same, in which case this refers to
+		one character.  Otherwise it is the range of characters from
+		{low} to {high} (inclusive).		*E1111* *E1114*
+		Only characters with value 0x80 and higher can be used.
+
+		{width} must be either 1 or 2, indicating the character width
+		in screen cells.			*E1112*
 		An error is given if the argument is invalid, also when a
-		range overlaps with another.
-		Only characters with value 0x100 and higher can be used.
+		range overlaps with another. 		*E1113*
 
 		If the new value causes 'fillchars' or 'listchars' to become
 		invalid it is rejected and an error is given.
 
-		To clear the overrides pass an empty list: >
+		To clear the overrides pass an empty {list}: >
 		   setcellwidths([]);
+
 <		You can use the script $VIMRUNTIME/tools/emoji_list.vim to see
-		the effect for known emoji characters.
+		the effect for known emoji characters.  Move the cursor
+		through the text to check if the cell widths of your terminal
+		match with what Vim knows about each emoji.  If it doesn't
+		look right you need to adjust the {list} argument.
+
 
 setcharpos({expr}, {list})				*setcharpos()*
 		Same as |setpos()| but uses the specified column number as the
@@ -8034,7 +8109,8 @@ setline({lnum}, {text})					*setline()*
 		When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
 		added below the last line.
 		{text} can be any type or a List of any type, each item is
-		converted to a String.
+		converted to a String.  When {text} is an empty List then
+		nothing is changed and FALSE is returned.
 
 		If this succeeds, FALSE is returned.  If this fails (most likely
 		because {lnum} is invalid) TRUE is returned.
@@ -8623,6 +8699,9 @@ sound_playevent({name} [, {callback}])
 <		On MS-Windows, {name} can be SystemAsterisk, SystemDefault,
 		SystemExclamation, SystemExit, SystemHand, SystemQuestion,
 		SystemStart, SystemWelcome, etc.
+		On macOS, {name} refers to files located in
+		/System/Library/Sounds (e.g. "Tink").  It will also work for
+		custom installed sounds in folders like ~/Library/Sounds.
 
 		When {callback} is specified it is invoked when the sound is
 		finished.  The first argument is the sound ID, the second
@@ -9043,6 +9122,8 @@ string({expr})	Return {expr} converted to a String.  If {expr} is a Number,
 			Blob		0z00112233.44556677.8899
 			List		[item, item]
 			Dictionary	{key: value, key: value}
+			Class		class SomeName
+			Object		object of SomeName {lnum: 1, col: 3}
 
 		When a |List| or |Dictionary| has a recursive reference it is
 		replaced by "[...]" or "{...}".  Using eval() on the result
@@ -9247,6 +9328,17 @@ substitute({string}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})		*substitute()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetString()->substitute(pat, sub, flags)
 
+swapfilelist()						*swapfilelist()*
+		Returns a list of swap file names, like what "vim -r" shows.
+		See the |-r| command argument.  The 'directory' option is used
+		for the directories to inspect.  If you only want to get a
+		list of swap files in the current directory then temporarily
+		set 'directory' to a dot: >
+			let save_dir = &directory
+			let &directory = '.'
+			let swapfiles = swapfilelist()
+			let &directory = save_dir
+
 swapinfo({fname})					*swapinfo()*
 		The result is a dictionary, which holds information about the
 		swapfile {fname}. The available fields are:
@@ -9639,6 +9731,7 @@ terminalprops()						*terminalprops()*
 		   cursor_blink_mode	whether sending |t_RC| works  **
 		   underline_rgb	whether |t_8u| works **
 		   mouse		mouse type supported
+		   kitty		whether Kitty terminal was detected
 
 		** value 'u' for unknown, 'y' for yes, 'n' for no
 
@@ -9863,6 +9956,8 @@ type({expr})	The result is a Number representing the type of {expr}.
 			Job:	    8  |v:t_job|
 			Channel:    9  |v:t_channel|
 			Blob:	   10  |v:t_blob|
+			Class	   12  |v:t_class|
+			Object	   13  |v:t_object|
 		For backward compatibility, this method can be used: >
 			:if type(myvar) == type(0)
 			:if type(myvar) == type("")
@@ -9883,7 +9978,7 @@ typename({expr})					*typename()*
 		Return a string representation of the type of {expr}.
 		Example: >
 			echo typename([1, 2, 3])
-			list<number>
+<			list<number> ~
 
 
 undofile({name})					*undofile()*
@@ -10168,6 +10263,7 @@ win_move_separator({nr}, {offset})			*win_move_separator()*
 		FALSE otherwise.
 		This will fail for the rightmost window and a full-width
 		window, since it has no separator on the right.
+		Only works for the current tab page. *E1308*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinnr()->win_move_separator(offset)
@@ -10182,6 +10278,7 @@ win_move_statusline({nr}, {offset})			*win_move_statusline()*
 		movement may be smaller than specified (e.g., as a consequence
 		of maintaining 'winminheight'). Returns TRUE if the window can
 		be found and FALSE otherwise.
+		Only works for the current tab page.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinnr()->win_move_statusline(offset)

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 13
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 23
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ a close callback to the channel.
 
 To read all normal output from a RAW channel that is available: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel)
-To read all error output from a RAW channel that is available:: >
+To read all error output from a RAW channel that is available: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel, {"part": "err"})
 Note that if the channel is in NL mode, ch_readraw() will only return one line
 for each call.
@@ -618,6 +618,9 @@ ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])					*ch_log()*
 		Write String {msg} in the channel log file, if it was opened
 		with |ch_logfile()|.
+		The text "ch_log():" is prepended to the message to make clear
+		it came from this function call and make it easier to find in
+		the log file.
 		When {handle} is passed the channel number is used for the
 		message.
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.  The

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 16
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -736,7 +736,9 @@ Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
 	'T		position of mark T (uppercase); when the mark is in
 			another file it cannot be used in a range
 	/{pattern}[/]	the next line where {pattern} matches	  *:/*
+				also see |:range-pattern| below
 	?{pattern}[?]	the previous line where {pattern} matches *:?*
+				also see |:range-pattern| below
 	\/		the next line where the previously used search
 			pattern matches
 	\?		the previous line where the previously used search
@@ -744,11 +746,49 @@ Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
 	\&		the next line where the previously used substitute
 			pattern matches
 
+						*:range-offset*
 Each may be followed (several times) by '+' or '-' and an optional number.
 This number is added or subtracted from the preceding line number.  If the
 number is omitted, 1 is used.  If there is nothing before the '+' or '-' then
 the current line is used.
+						*:range-closed-fold*
+When a line number after the comma is in a closed fold it is adjusted to the
+last line of the fold, thus the whole fold is included.
 
+When a number is added this is done after the adjustment to the last line of
+the fold.  This means these lines are additionally included in the range.  For
+example: >
+   :3,4+2print
+On this text:
+	1 one ~
+	2 two ~
+	3 three ~
+	4 four FOLDED ~
+	5 five FOLDED ~
+	6 six ~
+	7 seven ~
+	8 eight ~
+Where lines four and five are a closed fold, ends up printing lines 3 to 7.
+The 7 comes from the "4" in the range, which is adjusted to the end of the
+closed fold, which is 5, and then the offset 2 is added.
+
+An example for subtracting (which isn't very useful): >
+   :2,4-1print
+On this text:
+	1 one ~
+	2 two ~
+	3 three FOLDED~
+	4 four FOLDED ~
+	5 five FOLDED ~
+	6 six FOLDED ~
+	7 seven ~
+	8 eight ~
+Where lines three to six are a closed fold, ends up printing lines 2 to 6.
+The 6 comes from the "4" in the range, which is adjusted to the end of the
+closed fold, which is 6, and then 1 is subtracted, then this is still in the
+closed fold and the last line of that fold is used, which is 6.
+
+							*:range-pattern*
 The "/" and "?" after {pattern} are required to separate the pattern from
 anything that follows.
 
@@ -804,9 +844,9 @@ always be swapped then.
 
 Count and Range						*N:*
 
-When giving a count before entering ":", this is translated into:
+When giving a count before entering ":", this is translated into: >
 		:.,.+(count - 1)
-In words: The 'count' lines at and after the cursor.  Example: To delete
+In words: The "count" lines at and after the cursor.  Example: To delete
 three lines: >
 		3:d<CR>		is translated into: .,.+2d<CR>
 <
@@ -1124,7 +1164,6 @@ Also see |`=|.
 In the command-line window the command line can be edited just like editing
 text in any window.  It is a special kind of window, because you cannot leave
 it in a normal way.
-{not available when compiled without the |+cmdwin| feature}
 
 
 OPEN						*c_CTRL-F* *q:* *q/* *q?*

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jan 22
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 		buffers.
 
 The `:diffoff` command resets the relevant options to the values they had when
-using `:diffsplit`, `:diffpatch` , `:diffthis`. or starting Vim in diff mode.
+using `:diffsplit`, `:diffpatch`, `:diffthis`. or starting Vim in diff mode.
 When using `:diffoff` twice the last saved values are restored.
 Otherwise they are set to their default value:
 
@@ -148,6 +148,10 @@ Otherwise they are set to their default value:
 	'foldmethod'	"manual"
 	'foldcolumn'	0
 
+'foldenable' will most-likely be reset to off.  That is when 'foldmethod' is
+is restored to "manual".  The folds themselves are not cleared but they should
+not show up, resetting 'foldenable' is the best way to do that.
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Viewing diffs						*view-diffs*
 
@@ -376,6 +380,9 @@ Additionally, 'diffexpr' should take care of "icase" and "iwhite" in the
 'diffopt' option.  'diffexpr' cannot change the value of 'lines' and
 'columns'.
 
+The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is faster,
+see |expr-option-function|.
+
 Example (this does almost the same as 'diffexpr' being empty): >
 
 	set diffexpr=MyDiff()
@@ -441,6 +448,9 @@ will have the same effect.  These variables are set to the file names used:
 	v:fname_diff		patch file
 	v:fname_out		resulting patched file
 
+The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is faster,
+see |expr-option-function|.
+
 Example (this does the same as 'patchexpr' being empty): >
 
 	set patchexpr=MyPatch()

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Jul 19
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ These are the RFC1345 digraphs for the one-byte characters.  See the output of
 ":digraphs" for the others.
 
 EURO
-
+							*euro* *euro-digraph*
 Exception: RFC1345 doesn't specify the euro sign.  In Vim the digraph =e was
 added for this.  Note the difference between latin1, where the digraph Cu is
 used for the currency sign, and latin9 (iso-8859-15), where the digraph =e is

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 16
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -578,6 +578,43 @@ single <NL> characters are unexpectedly replaced with <CR><NL>.
 You can encrypt files that are written by setting the 'key' option.  This
 provides some security against others reading your files. |encryption|
 
+END OF LINE AND END OF FILE				*eol-and-eof*
+
+Vim has several options to control the file format:
+	'fileformat'	the <EOL> style: Unix, DOS, Mac
+	'endofline'	whether the last line ends with a <EOL>
+	'endoffile'	whether the file ends with a CTRL-Z
+	'fixendofline'	whether to fix eol and eof
+
+The first three values are normally detected automatically when reading the
+file and are used when writing the text to a file.  While editing the buffer
+it looks like every line has a line ending and the CTRL-Z isn't there (an
+exception is when 'binary' is set, it works differently then).
+
+The 'fixendofline' option can be used to choose what to write.  You can also
+change the option values to write the file differently than how it was read.
+
+Here are some examples how to use them.
+
+If you want files in Unix format (every line NL terminated): >
+	setl ff=unix fixeol
+You should probably do this on any Unix-like system.  Also modern MS-Windows
+systems tend to work well with this.  It is recommended to always use this
+format for Vim scripts.
+
+If you want to use an old MS-DOS file in a modern environment, fixing line
+endings and dropping CTRL-Z, but keeping the <CR><NL> style <EOL>: >
+	setl ff=dos fixeol
+This is useful for many MS-Windows programs, they regularly expect the
+<CR><NL> line endings.
+
+If you want to drop the final <EOL> and add a final CTRL-Z (e.g. for an old
+system like CP/M): >
+	setl ff=dos nofixeol noeol eof
+
+If you want to preserve the fileformat exactly as-is, including any final
+<EOL> and final CTRL-Z: >
+	setl nofixeol
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. The argument list				*argument-list* *arglist*

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 17
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -163,9 +163,10 @@ Note that " " and "0" are also non-empty strings, thus considered to be TRUE.
 A List, Dictionary or Float is not a Number or String, thus evaluate to FALSE.
 
 		*E611* *E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731* *E908* *E910*
-		*E913* *E974* *E975* *E976*
-|List|, |Dictionary|, |Funcref|, |Job|, |Channel| and |Blob| types are not
-automatically converted.
+		*E913* *E974* *E975* *E976* *E1319* *E1320* *E1321* *E1322*
+		*E1323* *E1324*
+|List|, |Dictionary|, |Funcref|, |Job|, |Channel|, |Blob|, |Class| and
+|object| types are not automatically converted.
 
 							*E805* *E806* *E808*
 When mixing Number and Float the Number is converted to Float.  Otherwise
@@ -633,6 +634,10 @@ This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
 This can also be used to remove all entries: >
 	call filter(dict, 0)
 
+In some situations it is not allowed to remove or add entries to a Dictionary.
+Especially when iterating over all the entries.  You will get *E1313* or
+another error in that case.
+
 
 Dictionary function ~
 				*Dictionary-function* *self* *E725* *E862*
@@ -646,7 +651,8 @@ special way with a dictionary.  Example: >
 
 This is like a method in object oriented programming.  The entry in the
 Dictionary is a |Funcref|.  The local variable "self" refers to the dictionary
-the function was invoked from.
+the function was invoked from.  When using |Vim9| script you can use classes
+and objects, see `:class`.
 
 It is also possible to add a function without the "dict" attribute as a
 Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
@@ -1548,7 +1554,7 @@ to be doubled.  These two commands are equivalent: >
 	if a =~ '\s*'
 
 
-interpolated-string				*$quote* *interp-string*
+interpolated-string				*$quote* *interpolated-string*
 --------------------
 $"string"		interpolated string constant		*expr-$quote*
 $'string'		interpolated literal string constant	*expr-$'*
@@ -1965,7 +1971,7 @@ v:collate	The current locale setting for collation order of the runtime
 		command.
 		See |multi-lang|.
 
-                                                                *v:colornames*
+								*v:colornames*
 v:colornames    A dictionary that maps color names to hex color strings. These
 		color names can be used with the |highlight-guifg|,
 		|highlight-guibg|, and |highlight-guisp| parameters. Updating
@@ -2498,6 +2504,10 @@ v:t_number	Value of |Number| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 v:t_string	Value of |String| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_blob* *t_blob-variable*
 v:t_blob	Value of |Blob| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+					*v:t_class* *t_class-variable*
+v:t_class	Value of |class| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+					*v:t_object* *t_object-variable*
+v:t_object	Value of |object| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 
 				*v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
 v:termresponse	The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
@@ -2859,7 +2869,7 @@ text...
 			does not need to be doubled.
 			If "eval" is specified, then any Vim expression in the
 			form {expr} is evaluated and the result replaces the
-			expression, like with |interp-string|.
+			expression, like with |interpolated-string|.
 			Example where $HOME is expanded: >
 				let lines =<< trim eval END
 				  some text
@@ -2964,6 +2974,8 @@ text...
 			deleted when the script ends).  Function-local
 			variables are automatically deleted when the function
 			ends.
+			In |Vim9| script variables declared in a function or
+			script cannot be removed.
 
 :unl[et] ${env-name} ...			*:unlet-environment* *:unlet-$*
 			Remove environment variable {env-name}.
@@ -3073,6 +3085,10 @@ text...
 			Unlock the internal variable {name}.  Does the
 			opposite of |:lockvar|.
 
+			If {name} does not exist:
+			- In |Vim9| script an error is given.
+			- In legacy script this is silently ignored.
+
 :if {expr1}			*:if* *:end* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
 :en[dif]		Execute the commands until the next matching `:else`
 			or `:endif` if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
@@ -3392,7 +3408,7 @@ text...
 			when the screen is redrawn.
 
 					*:echow* *:echowin* *:echowindow*
-:echow[indow] {expr1} ..
+:[N]echow[indow] {expr1} ..
 			Like |:echomsg| but when the messages popup window is
 			available the message is displayed there.  This means
 			it will show for three seconds and avoid a
@@ -3400,6 +3416,9 @@ text...
 			that, press Esc in Normal mode (when it would
 			otherwise beep).  If it disappears too soon you can
 			use `:messages` to see the text.
+			When [N] is given then the window will show up for
+			this number of seconds.  The last `:echowindow` with a
+			count matters, it is used once only.
 			The message window is available when Vim was compiled
 			with the +timer and the +popupwin features.
 
@@ -3595,7 +3614,7 @@ this pending exception or command is discarded.
 For examples see |throw-catch| and |try-finally|.
 
 
-NESTING	OF TRY CONDITIONALS				*try-nesting*
+NESTING OF TRY CONDITIONALS				*try-nesting*
 
 Try conditionals can be nested arbitrarily.  That is, a complete try
 conditional can be put into the try block, a catch clause, or the finally

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ variables can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
 	*.fs		g:filetype_fs	|ft-forth-syntax|
 	*.i		g:filetype_i	|ft-progress-syntax|
 	*.inc		g:filetype_inc
+	*.lsl		g:filetype_lsl
 	*.m		g:filetype_m	|ft-mathematica-syntax|
 	*.mod		g:filetype_mod
 	*.p		g:filetype_p	|ft-pascal-syntax|
@@ -570,7 +571,7 @@ used.
 For example, to set the dialect to a default of "fblite" but still allow for
 any #lang directive overrides, use the following command: >
 
-     let g:freebasic_lang = "fblite"
+	let g:freebasic_lang = "fblite"
 
 
 GIT COMMIT                                              *ft-gitcommit-plugin*

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jan 22
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -74,8 +74,6 @@ method.  The value of the 'foldexpr' option is evaluated to get the foldlevel
 of a line.  Examples:
 This will create a fold for all consecutive lines that start with a tab: >
 	:set foldexpr=getline(v:lnum)[0]==\"\\t\"
-This will call a function to compute the fold level: >
-	:set foldexpr=MyFoldLevel(v:lnum)
 This will make a fold out of paragraphs separated by blank lines: >
 	:set foldexpr=getline(v:lnum)=~'^\\s*$'&&getline(v:lnum+1)=~'\\S'?'<1':1
 This does the same: >
@@ -84,6 +82,10 @@ This does the same: >
 Note that backslashes must be used to escape characters that ":set" handles
 differently (space, backslash, double quote, etc., see |option-backslash|).
 
+The most efficient is to call a compiled function without arguments: >
+	:set foldexpr=MyFoldLevel()
+The function must use v:lnum.  See |expr-option-function|.
+
 These are the conditions with which the expression is evaluated:
 - The current buffer and window are set for the line.
 - The variable "v:lnum" is set to the line number.
@@ -200,7 +202,7 @@ non-matching marker pairs.  Example: >
 
 	/* funcB() {{{2 */
 	void funcB() {}
-
+<							*{{{* *}}}*
 A fold starts at a "{{{" marker.  The following number specifies the fold
 level.  What happens depends on the difference between the current fold level
 and the level given by the marker:
@@ -501,7 +503,7 @@ is evaluated to obtain the text displayed for a closed fold.  Example: >
 
 This shows the first line of the fold, with "/*", "*/" and "{{{" removed.
 Note the use of backslashes to avoid some characters to be interpreted by the
-":set" command.  It's simpler to define a function and call that: >
+":set" command.  It is much simpler to define a function and call it: >
 
     :set foldtext=MyFoldText()
     :function MyFoldText()
@@ -510,6 +512,9 @@ Note the use of backslashes to avoid some characters to be interpreted by the
     :  return v:folddashes .. sub
     :endfunction
 
+The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is faster,
+see |expr-option-function|.
+
 Evaluating 'foldtext' is done in the |sandbox|.  The current window is set to
 the window that displays the line.  The context is set to the script where the
 option was last set.
@@ -593,6 +598,11 @@ line is folded, it cannot be displayed there.
 Many movement commands handle a sequence of folded lines like an empty line.
 For example, the "w" command stops once in the first column.
 
+When starting a search in a closed fold it will not find a match in the
+current fold.  It's like a forward search always starts from the end of the
+closed fold, while a backwards search starts from the start of the closed
+fold.
+
 When in Insert mode, the cursor line is never folded.  That allows you to see
 what you type!
 

runtime/doc/ft_context.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_context.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Aug 12
+*ft_context.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 27
 
 This is the documentation for the ConTeXt filetype plugin.
 
@@ -23,13 +23,12 @@ ConTeXt, similarly to LaTeX, is a macro-based typesetting system built on TeX:
 <
 The ConTeXt plugin provides syntax highlighting, completion and support for
 typesetting ConTeXt documents. The recommended way to typeset a document is to
-use |:ConTeXt|. This will invoke the `mtxrun` script that is found in $PATH.
+use |:ConTeXt|. This will invoke the `mtxrun` script that is found in `$PATH`.
 
-For more fine grained control over the command and its environment, you may
-invoke `context.Typeset()` directly (or `context#Typeset()` from legacy Vim
-script). For instance, if you have installed a version of ConTeXt in
-`~/context`, you may define a function to use it (you may put the following
-code in `~/.vim/after/ftplugin/context.vim`) similar to the following:
+For more fine grained control over the command and its environment,
+`context.Typeset()` can be used directly (or `context#Typeset()` from legacy
+Vim script). For instance, if a version of ConTeXt is installed in
+`~/context`, you may define a function to use it similar to the following:
 >
 	import autoload 'context.vim'
 
@@ -38,17 +37,18 @@ code in `~/.vim/after/ftplugin/context.vim`) similar to the following:
 	      printf("%s/context/tex/texmf-<os>-<arch>/bin:%s", $HOME, $PATH)}
 	    context.Typeset("%", env)
 	enddef
-<
-and perhaps use it with a mapping:
+
+This code may go in `~/.vim/after/ftplugin/context.vim`. A mapping can then be
+defined to invoke the custom command:
 >
 	nnoremap <silent><buffer><leader>t <scriptcmd>MyConTeXt()<cr>
 <
 `context.Typeset()` accepts a third optional argument to specify a custom
-typesetting command. Such argument must be a function that takes a path and
-returns the command as a List. For example:
+typesetting command. That must be a function that takes a path and returns the
+command as a List. For example:
 >
 	def ConTeXtCustomCommand(path: string): list<string>
-	  return ['mtxrun', '--script', 'context', '--nonstopmode, path]
+	  return ['mtxrun', '--script', 'context', '--nonstopmode', path]
 	enddef
 
 	context.ConTeXtTypeset("%", v:none, ConTeXtCustomCommand)
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ The last command will create the following syntax files:
 - `context-data-context.vim`;
 - `context-data-interfaces.vim`;
 - `context-data-metafun.vim`;
-- `context-data-tex.vim`. 
+- `context-data-tex.vim`.
 
 The same command can be used to update those syntax files.
 
@@ -103,14 +103,20 @@ Stop all the ConTeXt jobs currently running in the background.
 Settings ~
 					*'b:context_ignore_makefile'*
 					*'g:context_ignore_makefile'*
-`make` can be used to (synchronously) typeset a document. If a Makefile exists
+`:make` can be used to (synchronously) typeset a document. If a Makefile exists
 and this option is not set, standard `make` is used. If this option is set,
 `mtxrun` is invoked instead, even if a Makefile exists.
 >
 	g:context_ignore_makefile = 0
 <
-NOTE: before using `make`, set the working directory of the buffer to the
+NOTE: before using `:make`, set the working directory of the buffer to the
 directory of the file to be typeset.
+
+					*'g:context_extra_options'*
+A list of additional options to pass to `mtxrun`.
+>
+	g:context_extra_options = []
+<
 					*'b:context_include'*
 					*'g:context_include'*
 Dictionary of filetype/GROUP pairs for which syntax highlighting should be

runtime/doc/ft_mp.txt

@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ METAFONT buffers, and it is set to 0 by default in MetaPost buffers.
 Define additional keywords that end indented blocks. For instance, if you
 define:
 >
-	g:mp_end_tag = ['\<endfoo\>']
+	g:mp_close_tag = ['\<endfoo\>']
 <
 any line starting with `endfoo` will be de-indented compared to its previous
 line.

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -1,70 +1,70 @@
-*ft_rust.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 02
+*ft_rust.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
 
 This is documentation for the Rust filetype plugin.
 
 ==============================================================================
-CONTENTS                                                      *rust*
+CONTENTS						      *rust*
 
-1. Introduction                                                   |rust-intro|
-2. Settings                                                    |rust-settings|
-3. Commands                                                    |rust-commands|
-4. Mappings                                                    |rust-mappings|
+1. Introduction							  |rust-intro|
+2. Settings						       |rust-settings|
+3. Commands						       |rust-commands|
+4. Mappings						       |rust-mappings|
 
 ==============================================================================
-INTRODUCTION                                                      *rust-intro*
+INTRODUCTION							  *rust-intro*
 
 This plugin provides syntax and supporting functionality for the Rust
 filetype.
 
 ==============================================================================
-SETTINGS                                                       *rust-settings*
+SETTINGS						       *rust-settings*
 
 This plugin has a few variables you can define in your vimrc that change the
 behavior of the plugin.
 
-                                                                *g:rustc_path*
+								*g:rustc_path*
 g:rustc_path~
 	Set this option to the path to rustc for use in the |:RustRun| and
 	|:RustExpand| commands. If unset, "rustc" will be located in $PATH: >
 	    let g:rustc_path = $HOME .. "/bin/rustc"
 <
 
-                                                  *g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
+						  *g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
 g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent~
 	Set this option to 1 to have 'makeprg' default to "rustc" instead of
 	"rustc %": >
 	    let g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent = 1
 <
 
-                                                              *g:rust_conceal*
+							      *g:rust_conceal*
 g:rust_conceal~
 	Set this option to turn on the basic |conceal| support: >
 	    let g:rust_conceal = 1
 <
 
-                                                     *g:rust_conceal_mod_path*
+						     *g:rust_conceal_mod_path*
 g:rust_conceal_mod_path~
 	Set this option to turn on |conceal| for the path connecting token
 	"::": >
 	    let g:rust_conceal_mod_path = 1
 <
 
-                                                          *g:rust_conceal_pub*
+							  *g:rust_conceal_pub*
 g:rust_conceal_pub~
 	Set this option to turn on |conceal| for the "pub" token: >
 	    let g:rust_conceal_pub = 1
 <
 
-                                                     *g:rust_recommended_style*
+						     *g:rust_recommended_style*
 g:rust_recommended_style~
-        Set this option to enable vim indentation and textwidth settings to
-        conform to style conventions of the rust standard library (i.e. use 4
-        spaces for indents and sets 'textwidth' to 99). This option is enabled
+	Set this option to enable vim indentation and textwidth settings to
+	conform to style conventions of the rust standard library (i.e. use 4
+	spaces for indents and sets 'textwidth' to 99). This option is enabled
 	by default. To disable it: >
 	    let g:rust_recommended_style = 0
 <
 
-                                                                 *g:rust_fold*
+								 *g:rust_fold*
 g:rust_fold~
 	Set this option to turn on |folding|: >
 	    let g:rust_fold = 1
@@ -76,39 +76,39 @@ g:rust_fold~
 	2		Braced blocks are folded. 'foldlevel' is left at the
 			global value (all folds are closed by default).
 
-                                                  *g:rust_bang_comment_leader*
+						  *g:rust_bang_comment_leader*
 g:rust_bang_comment_leader~
 	Set this option to 1 to preserve the leader on multi-line doc comments
 	using the /*! syntax: >
 	    let g:rust_bang_comment_leader = 1
 <
 
-                                                 *g:ftplugin_rust_source_path*
+						 *g:ftplugin_rust_source_path*
 g:ftplugin_rust_source_path~
 	Set this option to a path that should be prepended to 'path' for Rust
 	source files: >
 	    let g:ftplugin_rust_source_path = $HOME .. '/dev/rust'
 <
 
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_command*
+						       *g:rustfmt_command*
 g:rustfmt_command~
 	Set this option to the name of the 'rustfmt' executable in your $PATH. If
 	not specified it defaults to 'rustfmt' : >
 	    let g:rustfmt_command = 'rustfmt'
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_autosave*
+						       *g:rustfmt_autosave*
 g:rustfmt_autosave~
 	Set this option to 1 to run |:RustFmt| automatically when saving a
 	buffer. If not specified it defaults to 0 : >
 	    let g:rustfmt_autosave = 0
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_fail_silently*
+						       *g:rustfmt_fail_silently*
 g:rustfmt_fail_silently~
 	Set this option to 1 to prevent 'rustfmt' from populating the
 	|location-list| with errors. If not specified it defaults to 0: >
 	    let g:rustfmt_fail_silently = 0
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_options*
+						       *g:rustfmt_options*
 g:rustfmt_options~
 	Set this option to a string of options to pass to 'rustfmt'. The
 	write-mode is already set to 'overwrite'. If not specified it
@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ g:rustfmt_options~
 	    let g:rustfmt_options = ''
 <
 
-                                                          *g:rust_playpen_url*
+							  *g:rust_playpen_url*
 g:rust_playpen_url~
 	Set this option to override the URL for the playpen to use: >
 	    let g:rust_playpen_url = 'https://play.rust-lang.org/'
 <
 
-                                                        *g:rust_shortener_url*
+							*g:rust_shortener_url*
 g:rust_shortener_url~
 	Set this option to override the URL for the URL shortener: >
 	    let g:rust_shortener_url = 'https://is.gd/'
@@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ g:rust_shortener_url~
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
+COMMANDS						       *rust-commands*
 
-:RustRun  [args]                                                    *:RustRun*
+:RustRun  [args]						    *:RustRun*
 :RustRun! [rustc-args] [--] [args]
 		Compiles and runs the current file. If it has unsaved changes,
 		it will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustExpand  [args]                                              *:RustExpand*
+:RustExpand  [args]						 *:RustExpand*
 :RustExpand! [TYPE] [args]
 		Expands the current file using --pretty and displays the
 		results in a new split. If the current file has unsaved
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustEmitIr [args]                                               *:RustEmitIr*
+:RustEmitIr [args]						 *:RustEmitIr*
 		Compiles the current file to LLVM IR and displays the results
 		in a new split. If the current file has unsaved changes, it
 		will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is an
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustEmitAsm [args]                                             *:RustEmitAsm*
+:RustEmitAsm [args]						*:RustEmitAsm*
 		Compiles the current file to assembly and displays the results
 		in a new split. If the current file has unsaved changes, it
 		will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is an
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustPlay                                                          *:RustPlay*
+:RustPlay							   *:RustPlay*
 		This command will only work if you have web-api.vim installed
 		(available at https://github.com/mattn/webapi-vim).  It sends the
 		current selection, or if nothing is selected, the entirety of the
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		|g:rust_shortener_url| is the base URL for the shortener, by
 		default "https://is.gd/"
 
-:RustFmt                                                       *:RustFmt*
+:RustFmt						       *:RustFmt*
 		Runs |g:rustfmt_command| on the current buffer. If
 		|g:rustfmt_options| is set then those will be passed to the
 		executable.
@@ -214,12 +214,12 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		|g:rustfmt_command|. If |g:rustfmt_fail_silently| is set to 1
 		then it will not populate the |location-list|.
 
-:RustFmtRange                                                  *:RustFmtRange*
+:RustFmtRange						       *:RustFmtRange*
 		Runs |g:rustfmt_command| with selected range. See
 		|:RustFmt| for any other information.
 
 ==============================================================================
-MAPPINGS                                                       *rust-mappings*
+MAPPINGS						       *rust-mappings*
 
 This plugin defines mappings for |[[| and |]]| to support hanging indents.
 

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -889,6 +889,11 @@ s	The menu was defined with "<silent>" to avoid showing what it is
 Note that hitting <Tab> while entering a menu name after a menu command may
 be used to complete the name of the menu item.
 
+It is not allowed to change menus while listing them.  *E1310*
+This doesn't normally happen, only when, for example, you would have a timer
+callback define a menu and the user lists menus in a way it shows
+|more-prompt|.
+
 
 5.4 Executing Menus					*execute-menus*
 

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 13
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 03
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@ Special issues ~
 |terminal.txt|	Terminal window support
 |popup.txt|	popup window support
 |vim9.txt|	using Vim9 script
+|vim9class.txt|	using Vim9 script classes
 
 Programming language support ~
 |indent.txt|	automatic indenting for C and other languages
@@ -161,6 +162,8 @@ Programming language support ~
 |filetype.txt|	settings done specifically for a type of file
 |quickfix.txt|	commands for a quick edit-compile-fix cycle
 |ft_ada.txt|	Ada (the programming language) support
+|ft_context.txt|	Filetype plugin for ConTeXt
+|ft_mp.txt|	Filetype plugin for METAFONT and MetaPost
 |ft_ps1.txt|	Filetype plugin for Windows PowerShell
 |ft_raku.txt|	Filetype plugin for Raku
 |ft_rust.txt|	Filetype plugin for Rust

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -156,18 +156,14 @@ To avoid the message box that pops up to report the result, prepend "-silent":
 	gvim -silent -unregister
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. MS Visual Studio integration			*MSVisualStudio* *VisVim*
+5. MS Visual Studio integration				*MSVisualStudio*
 
-The OLE version can be used to run Vim as the editor in Microsoft Visual
-Studio.  This is called "VisVim".  It is included in the archive that contains
-the OLE version.  The documentation can be found in the runtime directory, the
-README_VisVim.txt file.
+The old "VisVim" integration was removed from Vim in patch 9.0.0698.
 
 
 Using Vim with Visual Studio .Net~
 
-With .Net you no longer really need VisVim, since .Net studio has support for
-external editors.  Follow these directions:
+.Net studio has support for external editors.  Follow these directions:
 
 In .Net Studio choose from the menu Tools->External Tools...
 Add

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 21
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -982,9 +982,12 @@ indentation: >
 
 PYTHON							*ft-python-indent*
 
-The amount of indent can be set for the following situations.  The examples
-given are the defaults.  Note that the dictionary values are set to an
-expression, so that you can change the value of 'shiftwidth' later.
+The amount of indent can be set with the `g:python_indent` |Dictionary|, which
+needs to be created before adding the items: >
+	let g:python_indent = {}
+The examples given are the defaults.  Note that the dictionary values are set
+to an expression, so that you can change the value of 'shiftwidth' later
+without having to update these values.
 
 Indent after an open paren: >
 	let g:python_indent.open_paren = 'shiftwidth() * 2'
@@ -1227,13 +1230,31 @@ comments will be indented according to the correctly indented code.
 
 
 VIM							*ft-vim-indent*
+							*g:vim_indent*
+Vim scripts indentation can be configured with the `g:vim_indent` dictionary
+variable.  It supports 3 keys, `line_continuation`, `more_in_bracket_block`,
+and `searchpair_timeout`.
+`line_continuation` expects a number which will be added to the indent level of
+a continuation line starting with a backslash, and defaults to
+`shiftwidth() * 3`.  It also accepts a string, which is evaluated at runtime.
+`more_in_bracket_block` expects a boolean value; when on, an extra
+`shiftwidth()` is added inside blocks surrounded with brackets.  It defaults to
+`v:false`.
+`searchpair_timeout` expects a number which will be passed to `searchpair()` as
+a timeout.  Increasing the value might give more accurate results, but also
+causes the indentation to take more time.  It defaults to 100 (milliseconds).
+
+Example of configuration:
+
+	let g:vim_indent = #{
+	    \ line_continuation: shiftwidth() * 3,
+	    \ more_in_bracket_block: v:false,
+	    \ searchpair_timeout: 100,
+	    \ }
+
 							*g:vim_indent_cont*
-For indenting Vim scripts there is one variable that specifies the amount of
-indent for a continuation line, a line that starts with a backslash: >
-
-	:let g:vim_indent_cont = shiftwidth() * 3
-
-Three times shiftwidth is the default value.
+This variable is equivalent to `g:vim_indent.line_continuation`.
+It's supported for backward compatibility.
 
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 11
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:!!|		:!!		repeat last ":!" command
 |:#|		:#		same as ":number"
 |:&|		:&		repeat last ":substitute"
-|:star|		:*		execute contents of a register
+|:star|		:*		use the last Visual area, like :'<,'>
 |:<|		:<		shift lines one 'shiftwidth' left
 |:=|		:=		print the last line number
 |:>|		:>		shift lines one 'shiftwidth' right
@@ -1239,6 +1239,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:checkpath|	:che[ckpath]	list included files
 |:checktime|	:checkt[ime]	check timestamp of loaded buffers
 |:chistory|	:chi[story]	list the error lists
+|:class|	:class		start of a class specification
 |:clast|	:cla[st]	go to the specified error, default last one
 |:clearjumps|	:cle[arjumps]	clear the jump list
 |:clist|	:cl[ist]	list all errors
@@ -1277,6 +1278,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:debuggreedy|	:debugg[reedy]	read debug mode commands from normal input
 |:def|		:def		define a Vim9 user function
 |:defcompile|	:defc[ompile]	compile Vim9 user functions in current script
+|:defer|	:defer		call function when current function is done
 |:delcommand|	:delc[ommand]	delete user-defined command
 |:delfunction|	:delf[unction]	delete a user function
 |:delmarks|	:delm[arks]	delete marks
@@ -1308,9 +1310,11 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:echohl|	:echoh[l]	set highlighting for echo commands
 |:echomsg|	:echom[sg]	same as :echo, put message in history
 |:echon|	:echon		same as :echo, but without <EOL>
+|:echowindow|	:echow[indow]	same as :echomsg, but use a popup window
 |:else|		:el[se]		part of an :if command
 |:elseif|	:elsei[f]	part of an :if command
 |:emenu|	:em[enu]	execute a menu by name
+|:endclass|	:endclass	end of a class specification
 |:enddef|	:enddef		end of a user function started with :def
 |:endif|	:en[dif]	end previous :if
 |:endfor|	:endfo[r]	end previous :for
@@ -1356,6 +1360,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:highlight|	:hi[ghlight]	specify highlighting methods
 |:hide|		:hid[e]		hide current buffer for a command
 |:history|	:his[tory]	print a history list
+|:horizontal|	:hor[izontal]	following window command work horizontally
 |:insert|	:i[nsert]	insert text
 |:iabbrev|	:ia[bbrev]	like ":abbrev" but for Insert mode
 |:iabclear|	:iabc[lear]	like ":abclear" but for Insert mode
@@ -1526,6 +1531,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:ptprevious|	:ptp[revious]	|:tprevious| in preview window
 |:ptrewind|	:ptr[ewind]	|:trewind| in preview window
 |:ptselect|	:pts[elect]	|:tselect| and show tag in preview window
+|:public|	:public		prefix for a class or object member
 |:put|		:pu[t]		insert contents of register in the text
 |:pwd|		:pw[d]		print current directory
 |:py3|		:py3		execute Python 3 command
@@ -1636,6 +1642,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:startinsert|	:star[tinsert]	start Insert mode
 |:startgreplace|  :startg[replace] start Virtual Replace mode
 |:startreplace|	:startr[eplace]	start Replace mode
+|:static|	:static		prefix for a class member or function
 |:stopinsert|	:stopi[nsert]	stop Insert mode
 |:stjump|	:stj[ump]	do ":tjump" and split window
 |:stselect|	:sts[elect]	do ":tselect" and split window

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ When the popup menu is displayed there are a few more special keys, see
 |popupmenu-keys|.
 
 Note: The keys that are valid in CTRL-X mode are not mapped.  This allows for
-":map ^F ^X^F" to work (where ^F is CTRL-F and ^X is CTRL-X).  The key that
+`:map <C-F> <C-X><C-F>` to work (assuming "<" is not in 'cpo').  The key that
 ends CTRL-X mode (any key that is not a valid CTRL-X mode command) is mapped.
 Also, when doing completion with 'complete' mappings apply as usual.
 
@@ -677,11 +677,12 @@ buffer text cannot be changed.  Mappings that somehow invoke ":normal i.."
 will generate an E565 error.
 
 The following mappings are suggested to make typing the completion commands
-a bit easier (although they will hide other commands): >
-    :inoremap ^] ^X^]
-    :inoremap ^F ^X^F
-    :inoremap ^D ^X^D
-    :inoremap ^L ^X^L
+a bit easier (although they will hide other commands; this requires "<" is not
+in 'cpo'): >
+    :inoremap <C-]> <C-X><C-]>
+    :inoremap <C-F> <C-X><C-F>
+    :inoremap <C-D> <C-X><C-D>
+    :inoremap <C-L> <C-X><C-L>
 
 As a special case, typing CTRL-R to perform register insertion (see
 |i_CTRL-R|) will not exit CTRL-X mode.  This is primarily to allow the use of
@@ -891,7 +892,7 @@ Groß): >
       endfor
       return res
     endfunc
-    
+
     if exists('+thesaurusfunc')
       set thesaurusfunc=Thesaur
     endif

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 12
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -122,10 +122,10 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
 There are three ways to report bugs:
-1. Open an issue on GitHub: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
-   The text will be forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.
-2. For issues with runtime files, look in the header for an email address or
+1. For issues with runtime files, look in the header for an email address or
    any other way to report it to the maintainer.
+2. Open an issue on GitHub: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
+   The text will be forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.
 3. Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim-dev@vim.org>
    This is a maillist, you need to become a member first and many people will
    see the message.  If you don't want that, e.g. because it is a security

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 12
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -10,18 +10,20 @@ This subject is introduced in sections |05.4|, |24.7| and |40.1| of the user
 manual.
 
 1. Key mapping			|key-mapping|
-   1.1 MAP COMMANDS			|:map-commands|
-   1.2 Special arguments		|:map-arguments|
-   1.3 Mapping and modes		|:map-modes|
-   1.4 Listing mappings			|map-listing|
-   1.5 Mapping special keys		|:map-special-keys|
-   1.6 Special characters		|:map-special-chars|
-   1.7 What keys to map			|map-which-keys|
-   1.8 Examples				|map-examples|
-   1.9 Using mappings			|map-typing|
-   1.10 Mapping alt-keys		|:map-alt-keys|
-   1.11 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode	|modifyOtherKeys|
-   1.12 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
+   1.1 MAP COMMANDS				|:map-commands|
+   1.2 Special arguments			|:map-arguments|
+   1.3 Mapping and modes			|:map-modes|
+   1.4 Listing mappings				|map-listing|
+   1.5 Mapping special keys			|:map-special-keys|
+   1.6 Special characters			|:map-special-chars|
+   1.7 What keys to map				|map-which-keys|
+   1.8 Examples					|map-examples|
+   1.9 Using mappings				|map-typing|
+   1.10 Mapping alt-keys			|:map-alt-keys|
+   1.11 Mapping meta-keys			|:map-meta-keys|
+   1.12 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode		|modifyOtherKeys|
+   1.13 Mapping with Kitty keyboard protocol	|kitty-keyboard-protocol|
+   1.14 Mapping an operator			|:map-operator|
 2. Abbreviations		|abbreviations|
 3. Local mappings and functions	|script-local|
 4. User-defined commands	|user-commands|
@@ -234,6 +236,9 @@ The search string will not be echoed when using this mapping.  Messages from
 the executed command are still given though.  To shut them up too, add a
 ":silent" in the executed command: >
 	:map <silent> ,h :exe ":silent normal /Header\r"<CR>
+Note that the effect of a command might also be silenced, e.g., when the
+mapping selects another entry for command line completion it won't be
+displayed.
 Prompts will still be given, e.g., for inputdialog().
 Using "<silent>" for an abbreviation is possible, but will cause redrawing of
 the command line to fail.
@@ -581,6 +586,9 @@ is the start of the last selected Visual area in the current buffer |'<|.
 The |:filter| command can be used to select what mappings to list.  The
 pattern is matched against the {lhs} and {rhs} in the raw form.
 
+While mappings are being listed, it is not possible to add or clear mappings,
+e.g. from a timer callback. *E1309*
+
 							*:map-verbose*
 When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a key map will also display where it was
 last defined.  Example: >
@@ -770,8 +778,8 @@ To avoid mapping of the characters you type in insert or Command-line mode,
 type a CTRL-V first.  The mapping in Insert mode is disabled if the 'paste'
 option is on.
 							*map-error*
-Note that when an error is encountered (that causes an error message or beep)
-the rest of the mapping is not executed.  This is Vi-compatible.
+Note that when an error is encountered (that causes an error message or might
+cause a beep) the rest of the mapping is not executed.  This is Vi-compatible.
 
 Note that the second character (argument) of the commands @zZtTfF[]rm'`"v
 and CTRL-X is not mapped.  This was done to be able to use all the named
@@ -787,8 +795,8 @@ otherwise you would not be able to use those commands anymore.  Here are a few
 suggestions:
 - Function keys <F2>, <F3>, etc..  Also the shifted function keys <S-F1>,
   <S-F2>, etc.  Note that <F1> is already used for the help command.
-- Meta-keys (with the ALT key pressed).  Depending on your keyboard accented
-  characters may be used as well. |:map-alt-keys|
+- Any key with the Alt or Meta key pressed.  Depending on your keyboard
+  accented characters may be used as well. |:map-alt-keys|
 - Use the '_' or ',' character and then any other character.  The "_" and ","
   commands do exist in Vim (see |_| and |,|), but you probably never use them.
 - Use a key that is a synonym for another command.  For example: CTRL-P and
@@ -921,6 +929,8 @@ out whether ALT was pressed or not.
 
 If the terminal supports the modifyOtherKeys mode and it has been enabled,
 then Vim can recognize more key combinations, see |modifyOtherKeys| below.
+The Kitty keyboard protocol works in a similar way, see
+|kitty-keyboard-protocol|.
 
 By default Vim assumes that pressing the ALT key sets the 8th bit of a typed
 character.  Most decent terminals can work that way, such as xterm, aterm and
@@ -959,18 +969,37 @@ on the terminal; that's a good last resource in case you want to send ESC when
 using other applications but not when inside Vim.
 
 
-1.11 MAPPING IN modifyOtherKeys mode			*modifyOtherKeys*
+1.11 MAPPING META-KEYS					*:map-meta-keys*
+
+Mapping keys with the Meta modifier works very similar to using the Alt key.
+What key on your keyboard produces the Meta modifier depends on your keyboard
+and configuration.
+
+Note that mapping <M-a> actually is for using the Alt key.  That can be
+confusing!  It cannot be changed, it would not be backwards compatible.
+
+For the Meta modifier the "T" character is used.  For example, to map Meta-b
+in Insert mode: >
+	:imap <T-b> terrible
+
+
+1.12 MAPPING IN modifyOtherKeys mode			*modifyOtherKeys*
 
 Xterm and a few other terminals can be put in a mode where keys with modifiers
 are sent with a special escape code.  Vim recognizes these codes and can then
 make a difference between CTRL-H and Backspace, even when Backspace sends the
-character 8.  And many more special keys.
+character 8.  And many more special keys, such as Tab and CTRL-I, which cannot
+be mapped separately otherwise.
 
 For xterm modifyOtherKeys is enabled in the builtin termcap entry.  If this is
 not used you can enable modifyOtherKeys with these lines in your vimrc: >
       let &t_TI = "\<Esc>[>4;2m"
       let &t_TE = "\<Esc>[>4;m"
 
+This sets modifyOtherKeys to level 2.  Note that modifyOtherKeys level 1 does
+not work.  Some terminals do not support level 2 and then send key codes that
+Vim will not be able to correctly recognize.
+
 In case the modifyOtherKeys mode causes problems you can disable it: >
       let &t_TI = ""
       let &t_TE = ""
@@ -989,16 +1018,61 @@ mapping, see |map-bar|.
 WARNING: if you map <C-[> you may very well break any key codes that start
 with Esc.  Make sure it comes AFTER other mappings.
 
+Starting with xterm version 377 Vim can detect the modifyOtherKeys state by
+requesting it.  For this the 't_RK' termcap entry is used.  When the response
+is found then Vim will know whether modifyOtherKeys level 2 is enabled, and
+handle mappings accordingly.
+
+Before version 377 Vim automatically detects if the modifyOtherKeys mode was
+enabled when it spots an escape sequence that must have been created by it.
+To see if Vim detected such an escape sequence use `:verbose map`, the first
+line will then show "Seen modifyOtherKeys: true" (possibly translated).
+
+This automatic detection depends on receiving an escape code starting with 
+"<1b>[27;".  This is the normal way xterm sends these key codes.  However, if
+the *formatOtherKeys* resource is set another form is used that is not
+recognized, therefore you must not set formatOtherKeys.
+
 A known side effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is inserted
 after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether modifyOtherKeys is
 enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-SHIFT-V CTRL-V, if you get one byte then
-modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is on.
+modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>[27;5;118~ then it is on.
+
+Note that xterm up to version 376 has a bug that makes Shift-Esc send a
+regular Esc code, the Shift modifier is dropped.
 
 When the 'esckeys' option is off, then modifyOtherKeys will be disabled in
 Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
 
 
-1.12 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
+1.13 MAPPING WITH KITTY KEYBOARD PROTOCOL	 *kitty-keyboard-protocol*
+
+If the value of 'term' contains "kitty" then Vim will send out an escape
+sequence to enable the Kitty keyboard protocol.  This can be changed with the
+'keyprotocol' option.
+
+Like modifyOtherKeys, this will make it possible to distinguish between more
+keys with modifiers.  Also, this protocol sends an escape sequence for the Esc
+key, so that Vim does not need to use a timeout to know whether receiving an
+Esc character means the Esc key was pressed or it's the start of an escape
+sequence.
+
+Vim automatically detects if the Kitty keyboard protocol was enabled when it
+spots the response to the status request (this should be part of the |t_TI|
+termcap entry).  To see if Vim detected such an escape sequence use: >
+	:verbose map
+The first line will then show "Kitty keyboard protocol: {value}" (possibly
+translated).  The meaning of {value}:
+	Unknown		no status received yet
+	Off		protocol is not used
+	On		protocol is used
+	Disabled	protocol was used but expected to have been disabled
+			by 't_TE'
+	Cleared		protocol expected to have beeen disabled by 't_TE',
+			previous state is unknown 
+
+
+1.14 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
 
 An operator is used before a {motion} command.  To define your own operator
 you must create a mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then
@@ -1468,6 +1542,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 :delc[ommand] {cmd}				*:delc* *:delcommand* *E184*
 			Delete the user-defined command {cmd}.
+			This is not allowed while listing commands, e.g. from
+			a timer. *E1311*
 
 :delc[ommand] -buffer {cmd}					*E1237*
 			Delete the user-defined command {cmd} that was defined
@@ -1478,7 +1554,7 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 
 Command attributes ~
-                                                       *command-attributes*
+							*command-attributes*
 User-defined commands are treated by Vim just like any other Ex commands.  They
 can have arguments, or have a range specified.  Arguments are subject to
 completion as filenames, buffers, etc.  Exactly how this works depends upon the
@@ -1636,7 +1712,7 @@ Possible attributes are:
 		    number.
 	-count=N    A count (default N) which is specified either in the line
 		    number position, or as an initial argument (like |:Next|).
-	-count	    acts like -count=0
+	-count	    Acts like -count=0
 
 Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be
 specified.
@@ -1654,7 +1730,7 @@ Possible values are (second column is the short name used in listing):
     -addr=windows	  win	Range for windows
     -addr=tabs		  tab	Range for tab pages
     -addr=quickfix	  qf	Range for quickfix entries
-    -addr=other		  ?	other kind of range; can use ".", "$" and "%"
+    -addr=other		  ?	Other kind of range; can use ".", "$" and "%"
 				as with "lines" (this is the default for
 				-count)
 
@@ -1761,7 +1837,8 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 If the first two characters of an escape sequence are "q-" (for example,
 <q-args>) then the value is quoted in such a way as to make it a valid value
 for use in an expression.  This uses the argument as one single value.
-When there is no argument <q-args> is an empty string.
+When there is no argument <q-args> is an empty string.  See the
+|q-args-example| below.
 							*<f-args>*
 To allow commands to pass their arguments on to a user-defined function, there
 is a special form <f-args> ("function args").  This splits the command
@@ -1771,7 +1848,7 @@ See the Mycmd example below.  If no arguments are given <f-args> is removed.
    To embed whitespace into an argument of <f-args>, prepend a backslash.
 <f-args> replaces every pair of backslashes (\\) with one backslash.  A
 backslash followed by a character other than white space or a backslash
-remains unmodified.  Overview:
+remains unmodified.  Also see |f-args-example| below.  Overview:
 
 	command		   <f-args> ~
 	XX ab		   'ab'
@@ -1785,7 +1862,8 @@ remains unmodified.  Overview:
 	XX a\\\\b	   'a\\b'
 	XX a\\\\ b	   'a\\', 'b'
 
-Examples >
+
+Examples for user commands: >
 
    " Delete everything after here to the end
    :com Ddel +,$d
@@ -1801,7 +1879,8 @@ Examples >
    " Count the number of lines in the range
    :com! -range -nargs=0 Lines  echo <line2> - <line1> + 1 "lines"
 
-   " Call a user function (example of <f-args>)
+<						*f-args-example*
+Call a user function (example of <f-args>) >
    :com -nargs=* Mycmd call Myfunc(<f-args>)
 
 When executed as: >
@@ -1809,7 +1888,8 @@ When executed as: >
 This will invoke: >
 	:call Myfunc("arg1","arg2")
 
-   :" A more substantial example
+<						*q-args-example*
+A more substantial example: >
    :function Allargs(command)
    :   let i = 0
    :   while i < argc()

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jan 26
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -635,6 +635,7 @@ probably means that some other program changed the file.  You will have to
 find out what happened, and decide which version of the file you want to keep.
 Set the 'autoread' option if you want to do this automatically.
 This message is not given when 'buftype' is not empty.
+Also see the |FileChangedShell| autocommand.
 
 There is one situation where you get this message even though there is nothing
 wrong: If you save a file in Windows on the day the daylight saving time

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 18
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ g;			Go to [count] older position in change list.
 			(not a motion command)
 
 							*g,* *E663*
-g,			Go to [count] newer cursor position in change list.
+g,			Go to [count] newer position in change list.
 			Just like |g;| but in the opposite direction.
 			(not a motion command)
 

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 09
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 			key codes are not shown, because they are generated
 			internally and can't be changed.  Changing the terminal
 			codes in the GUI is not useful either...
+			The options have the form t_AB, see
+			|terminal-options|.
 
 :se[t]! termcap		Idem, but don't use multiple columns.
 
@@ -1249,7 +1251,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		\ ' on word "' .. v:beval_text .. '"'
     endfunction
     set bexpr=MyBalloonExpr()
-    set ballooneval
+    set ballooneval balloonevalterm
 <
 	Also see |balloon_show()|, it can be used if the content of the balloon
 	is to be fetched asynchronously.  In that case evaluating
@@ -1626,6 +1628,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that v:charconvert_from and v:charconvert_to may be different
 	from 'encoding'.  Vim internally uses UTF-8 instead of UCS-2 or UCS-4.
 
+	The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is
+	faster, see |expr-option-function|.
+
 	Encryption is not done by Vim when using 'charconvert'.  If you want
 	to encrypt the file after conversion, 'charconvert' should take care
 	of this.
@@ -1702,7 +1707,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	after that.  Therefore do not append an item with += but use ^= to
 	prepend, e.g.: >
 		set clipboard^=unnamed
-<	These names are recognized:
+<	When using the GUI see |'go-A'|.
+	These names are recognized:
 
 						*clipboard-unnamed*
 	unnamed		When included, Vim will use the clipboard register '*'
@@ -1893,7 +1899,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	'allowrevins'	+ off		no CTRL-_ command
 	'antialias'	+ off		don't use antialiased fonts
-	'arabic'	+ off	 	reset arabic-related options
+	'arabic'	+ off		reset arabic-related options
 	'arabicshape'	+ on		correct character shapes
 	'backspace'	+ ""		normal backspace
 	'backup'	+ off		no backup file
@@ -2938,7 +2944,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'display' 'dy'		string	(default "", set to "truncate" in
 							       |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-	Change the way text is displayed.  This is comma-separated list of
+	Change the way text is displayed.  This is a comma-separated list of
 	flags:
 	lastline	When included, as much as possible of the last line
 			in a window will be displayed.  "@@@" is put in the
@@ -2952,6 +2958,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When neither "lastline" nor "truncate" is included, a last line that
 	doesn't fit is replaced with "@" lines.
 
+	The "@" character can be changed by setting the "lastline" item in
+	'fillchars'.  The character is highlighted with |hl-NonText|.
+
 						*'eadirection'* *'ead'*
 'eadirection' 'ead'	string	(default "both")
 			global
@@ -3041,6 +3050,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When 'encoding' is set to a Unicode encoding, and 'fileencodings' was
 	not set yet, the default for 'fileencodings' is changed.
 
+			*'endoffile'* *'eof'* *'noendoffile'* *'noeof'*
+'endoffile' 'eof'	boolean	(default off)
+			local to buffer
+	Indicates that a CTRL-Z character was found at the end of the file
+	when reading it.  Normally only happens when 'fileformat' is "dos".
+	When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
+	is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no CTRL-Z will be written at the
+	end of the file.
+	See |eol-and-eof| for example settings.
+
 			*'endofline'* *'eol'* *'noendofline'* *'noeol'*
 'endofline' 'eol'	boolean	(default on)
 			local to buffer
@@ -3055,6 +3074,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	to remember the presence of a <EOL> for the last line in the file, so
 	that when you write the file the situation from the original file can
 	be kept.  But you can change it if you want to.
+	See |eol-and-eof| for example settings.
 
 			     *'equalalways'* *'ea'* *'noequalalways'* *'noea'*
 'equalalways' 'ea'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -3416,6 +3436,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  foldsep	'|'		open fold middle character
 	  diff		'-'		deleted lines of the 'diff' option
 	  eob		'~'		empty lines below the end of a buffer
+	  lastline	'@'		'display' contains lastline/truncate
 
 	Any one that is omitted will fall back to the default.  For "stl" and
 	"stlnc" the space will be used when there is highlighting, '^' or '='
@@ -3438,16 +3459,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  fold		Folded			|hl-Folded|
 	  diff		DiffDelete		|hl-DiffDelete|
 	  eob		EndOfBuffer		|hl-EndOfBuffer|
+	  lastline	NonText			|hl-NonText|
 
 		*'fixendofline'* *'fixeol'* *'nofixendofline'* *'nofixeol'*
 'fixendofline' 'fixeol'	boolean	(default on)
 			local to buffer
 	When writing a file and this option is on, <EOL> at the end of file
-	will be restored if missing. Turn this option off if you want to
+	will be restored if missing.  Turn this option off if you want to
 	preserve the situation from the original file.
 	When the 'binary' option is set the value of this option doesn't
 	matter.
 	See the 'endofline' option.
+	See |eol-and-eof| for example settings.
 
 					*'fkmap'* *'fk'* *'nofkmap'* *'nofk'*
 'fkmap' 'fk'		boolean (default off)
@@ -3663,6 +3686,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
 	autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. |autoload|
 
+	The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is
+	faster, see |expr-option-function|.
+
 	The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
 	text beyond that limit.  This happens under the same conditions as
 	when internal formatting is used.  Make sure the cursor is kept in the
@@ -3978,6 +4004,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			 "A"		 -			yes
 			 "aA"		yes			yes
 
+		When using a terminal see the 'clipboard' option.
+
 								*'go-c'*
 	  'c'	Use console dialogs instead of popup dialogs for simple
 		choices.
@@ -4522,20 +4550,27 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			|+find_in_path| or |+eval| features}
 	Expression to be used to transform the string found with the 'include'
 	option to a file name.  Mostly useful to change "." to "/" for Java: >
-		:set includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')
+		:setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')
 <	The "v:fname" variable will be set to the file name that was detected.
-
+	Note the double backslash: the `:set` command first halves them, then
+	one remains it the value, where "\." matches a dot literally.  For
+	simple character replacements `tr()` avoids the need for escaping: >
+		:setlocal includeexpr=tr(v:fname,'.','/')
+<
 	Also used for the |gf| command if an unmodified file name can't be
 	found.  Allows doing "gf" on the name after an 'include' statement.
 	Also used for |<cfile>|.
 
 	If the expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced with
 	the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
-		set includeexpr=s:MyIncludeExpr(v:fname)
-		set includeexpr=<SID>SomeIncludeExpr(v:fname)
+		setlocal includeexpr=s:MyIncludeExpr()
+		setlocal includeexpr=<SID>SomeIncludeExpr()
 <	Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
 	where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
 
+	It is more efficient if the value is just a function call without
+	arguments, see |expr-option-function|.
+
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
@@ -4604,7 +4639,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	in Insert mode as specified with the 'indentkeys' option.
 	When this option is not empty, it overrules the 'cindent' and
 	'smartindent' indenting.  When 'lisp' is set, this option is
-	overridden by the Lisp indentation algorithm.
+	is only used when 'lispoptions' contains "expr:1".
 	When 'paste' is set this option is not used for indenting.
 	The expression is evaluated with |v:lnum| set to the line number for
 	which the indent is to be computed.  The cursor is also in this line
@@ -4617,6 +4652,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
 	where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
 
+	The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is
+	faster, see |expr-option-function|.
+
 	The expression must return the number of spaces worth of indent.  It
 	can return "-1" to keep the current indent (this means 'autoindent' is
 	used for the indent).
@@ -4856,6 +4894,57 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	<PageUp> and <PageDown>.
 	The 'keymodel' option is set by the |:behave| command.
 
+						*'keyprotocol'* *'kpc'*
+'keyprotocol' 'kpc'	string	(default: see below)
+			global
+	Specifies what keyboard protocol to use depending on the value of
+	'term'.  The supported keyboard protocols names are:
+		none	whatever the terminal uses
+		mok2	modifyOtherKeys level 2, as supported by xterm
+		kitty	Kitty keyboard protocol, as supported by Kitty
+
+	The option value is a list of comma separated items.  Each item has
+	a pattern that is matched against the 'term' option, a colon and the
+	protocol name to be used.  To illustrate this, the default value would
+	be set with: >
+	   set keyprotocol=kitty:kitty,foot:kitty,wezterm:kitty,xterm:mok2
+
+<	This means that when 'term' contains "kitty, "foot" or "wezterm"
+	somewhere then the "kitty" protocol is used.  When 'term' contains
+	"xterm" somewhere, then the "mok2" protocol is used. 
+
+	The first match is used, thus if you want to have "kitty" use the
+	kitty protocol, but "badkitty" not, then you should match "badkitty"
+	first and use the "none" value: >
+	   set keyprotocol=badkitty:none,kitty:kitty
+<
+	The option is used after 'term' has been changed.  First the termcap
+	entries are set, possibly using the builtin list, see |builtin-terms|.
+	Then this option is inspected and if there is a match and a protocol
+	is specified the following happens:
+		none	Nothing, the regular t_TE and t_TI values remain
+
+		mok2	The t_TE value is changed to:
+			    CSI >4;m	disables modifyOtherKeys
+			The t_TI value is changed to:
+			    CSI >4;2m	enables modifyOtherKeys
+			    CSI ?4m	request the modifyOtherKeys state
+
+		kitty	The t_TE value is changed to:
+			    CSI >4;m	disables modifyOtherKeys
+			    CSI =0;1u	disables the kitty keyboard protocol
+			The t_TI value is changed to:
+			    CSI =1;1u	enables the kitty keyboard protocol
+			    CSI ?u	request kitty keyboard protocol state
+			    CSI >c	request the termresponse
+
+	If you notice problems, such as characters being displayed that
+	disappear after `CTRL-L`, you might want to try making this option
+	empty.  Then set the 'term' option to have it take effect: >
+		set keyprotocol=
+		let &term = &term
+<
+
 					*'keywordprg'* *'kp'*
 'keywordprg' 'kp'	string	(default "man" or "man -s",  DOS: ":help",
 								  VMS: "help")
@@ -5043,6 +5132,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	calling an external program if 'equalprg' is empty.
 	This option is not used when 'paste' is set.
 
+						*'lispoptions'* *'lop'*
+'lispoptions' 'lop'	string	(default "")
+			local to buffer
+	Comma-separated list of items that influence the Lisp indenting when
+	enabled with the |'lisp'| option.  Currently only one item is
+	supported:
+		expr:1	use 'indentexpr' for Lisp indenting when it is set
+		expr:0	do not use 'indentexpr' for Lisp indenting (default)
+	Note that when using 'indentexpr' the `=` operator indents all the
+	lines, otherwise the first line is not indented (Vi-compatible).
+
 						*'lispwords'* *'lw'*
 'lispwords' 'lw'	string	(default is very long)
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
@@ -5101,8 +5201,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			are left blank.
 							*lcs-multispace*
 	  multispace:c...
-	 		One or more characters to use cyclically to show for
-	 		multiple consecutive spaces.  Overrides the "space"
+			One or more characters to use cyclically to show for
+			multiple consecutive spaces.  Overrides the "space"
 			setting, except for single spaces.  When omitted, the
 			"space" setting is used.  For example,
 			`:set listchars=multispace:---+` shows ten consecutive
@@ -6456,8 +6556,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					 *'ruler'* *'ru'* *'noruler'* *'noru'*
 'ruler' 'ru'		boolean	(default off, set in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+cmdline_info| feature}
 	Show the line and column number of the cursor position, separated by a
 	comma.  When there is room, the relative position of the displayed
 	text in the file is shown on the far right:
@@ -7022,48 +7120,54 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'shortmess'* *'shm'*
 'shortmess' 'shm'	string	(Vim default "filnxtToOS", Vi default: "S",
 							POSIX default: "AS")
-			global
+			global					*E1336*
 	This option helps to avoid all the |hit-enter| prompts caused by file
 	messages, for example  with CTRL-G, and to avoid some other messages.
 	It is a list of flags:
 	 flag	meaning when present	~
-	  f	use "(3 of 5)" instead of "(file 3 of 5)"
-	  i	use "[noeol]" instead of "[Incomplete last line]"
-	  l	use "999L, 888B" instead of "999 lines, 888 bytes"
-	  m	use "[+]" instead of "[Modified]"
-	  n	use "[New]" instead of "[New File]"
-	  r	use "[RO]" instead of "[readonly]"
-	  w	use "[w]" instead of "written" for file write message
+	  f	use "(3 of 5)" instead of "(file 3 of 5)"		*shm-f*
+	  i	use "[noeol]" instead of "[Incomplete last line]"	*shm-i*
+	  l	use "999L, 888B" instead of "999 lines, 888 bytes"	*shm-l*
+	  m	use "[+]" instead of "[Modified]"			*shm-m*
+	  n	use "[New]" instead of "[New File]"			*shm-n*
+	  r	use "[RO]" instead of "[readonly]"			*shm-r*
+	  w	use "[w]" instead of "written" for file write message	*shm-w*
 		and "[a]" instead of "appended" for ':w >> file' command
-	  x	use "[dos]" instead of "[dos format]", "[unix]" instead of
-		"[unix format]" and "[mac]" instead of "[mac format]".
-	  a	all of the above abbreviations
+	  x	use "[dos]" instead of "[dos format]", "[unix]"		*shm-x*
+		instead of "[unix format]" and "[mac]" instead of "[mac
+		format]"
+	  a	all of the above abbreviations				*shm-a*
 
-	  o	overwrite message for writing a file with subsequent message
-		for reading a file (useful for ":wn" or when 'autowrite' on)
-	  O	message for reading a file overwrites any previous message.
-		Also for quickfix message (e.g., ":cn").
-	  s	don't give "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" or "search
-		hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages; when using the search
-		count do not show "W" after the count message (see S below)
-	  t	truncate file message at the start if it is too long to fit
-		on the command-line, "<" will appear in the left most column.
-		Ignored in Ex mode.
-	  T	truncate other messages in the middle if they are too long to
-		fit on the command line.  "..." will appear in the middle.
-		Ignored in Ex mode.
-	  W	don't give "written" or "[w]" when writing a file
-	  A	don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing swap file
-		is found.
-	  I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim |:intro|.
-	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages.  For example,
-		"-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only match",
-		"Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
-	  q	use "recording" instead of "recording @a"
-	  F	don't give the file info when editing a file, like `:silent`
-		was used for the command; note that this also affects messages
-		from autocommands
-	  S     do not show search count message when searching, e.g.
+	  o	overwrite message for writing a file with subsequent	*shm-o*
+		message for reading a file (useful for ":wn" or when
+		'autowrite' on)
+	  O	message for reading a file overwrites any previous	*shm-O*
+		message;  also for quickfix message (e.g., ":cn")
+	  s	don't give "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" or	*shm-s*
+		"search hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages; when using
+		the search count do not show "W" after the count message (see
+		S below)
+	  t	truncate file message at the start if it is too long	*shm-t*
+		to fit on the command-line, "<" will appear in the left most
+		column; ignored in Ex mode
+	  T	truncate other messages in the middle if they are too	*shm-T*
+		long to fit on the command line; "..." will appear in the
+		middle; ignored in Ex mode
+	  W	don't give "written" or "[w]" when writing a file	*shm-W*
+	  A	don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing	*shm-A*
+		swap file is found
+	  I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim,		*shm-I*
+	  	see |:intro|
+	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages; for		*shm-c*
+		example, "-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only
+		match", "Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
+	  C	don't give messages while scanning for ins-completion	*shm-C*
+		items, for instance "scanning tags"
+	  q	use "recording" instead of "recording @a"		*shm-q*
+	  F	don't give the file info when editing a file, like	*shm-F*
+		`:silent` was used for the command; note that this also
+		affects messages from autocommands
+	  S     do not show search count message when searching, e.g.	*shm-S*
 	        "[1/5]"
 
 	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
@@ -7115,8 +7219,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'showcmd' 'sc'		boolean	(Vim default: on, off for Unix,
 				       Vi default: off, set in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+cmdline_info| feature}
 	Show (partial) command in the last line of the screen.  Set this
 	option off if your terminal is slow.
 	In Visual mode the size of the selected area is shown:
@@ -7126,9 +7228,26 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- When selecting more than one line, the number of lines.
 	- When selecting a block, the size in screen characters:
 	  {lines}x{columns}.
+	This information can be displayed in an alternative location using the
+	'showcmdloc' option.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
+			*'showcmdloc'* *'sloc'*
+'showcmdloc' 'sloc'	string	(default "last")
+			global
+	This option can be used to display the (partially) entered command in
+	another location.  Possible values are:
+	  last		Last line of the screen (default).
+	  statusline	Status line of the current window.
+	  tabline	First line of the screen if 'showtabline' is enabled.
+	Setting this option to "statusline" or "tabline" means that these will
+	be redrawn whenever the command changes, which can be on every key
+	pressed.
+	The %S 'statusline' item can be used in 'statusline' or 'tabline' to
+	place the text.  Without a custom 'statusline' or 'tabline' it will be
+	displayed in a convenient location.
+
 			*'showfulltag'* *'sft'* *'noshowfulltag'* *'nosft'*
 'showfulltag' 'sft'	boolean (default off)
 			global
@@ -7287,6 +7406,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	reset.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
+			*'smoothscroll'* *'sms'* *'nosmoothscroll'* *'nosms'*
+'smoothscroll' 'sms'	boolean  (default off)
+			local to window
+	Scrolling works with screen lines.  When 'wrap' is set and the first
+	line in the window wraps part of it may not be visible, as if it is
+	above the window. "<<<" is displayed at the start of the first line,
+	highlighted with |hl-NonText|.
+	NOTE: only partly implemented, currently works with CTRL-E, CTRL-Y
+	and scrolling with the mouse.
+
 					*'softtabstop'* *'sts'*
 'softtabstop' 'sts'	number	(default 0)
 			local to buffer
@@ -7467,9 +7596,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			The file is used for all languages.
 
 	expr:{expr}	Evaluate expression {expr}.  Use a function to avoid
-			trouble with spaces.  |v:val| holds the badly spelled
-			word.  The expression must evaluate to a List of
-			Lists, each with a suggestion and a score.
+			trouble with spaces.  Best is to call a function
+			without arguments, see |expr-option-function|.
+			|v:val| holds the badly spelled word.  The expression
+			must evaluate to a List of Lists, each with a
+			suggestion and a score.
 			Example:
 				[['the', 33], ['that', 44]] ~
 			Set 'verbose' and use |z=| to see the scores that the
@@ -7493,24 +7624,28 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When on, splitting a window will put the new window below the current
 	one. |:split|
 
+			*'splitkeep'* *'spk'*
+'splitkeep' 'spk'	string	(default "cursor")
+			global
+	The value of this option determines the scroll behavior when opening,
+	closing or resizing horizontal splits.
+
+	Possible values are:
+	  cursor	Keep the same relative cursor position.
+	  screen	Keep the text on the same screen line.
+	  topline	Keep the topline the same.
+
+	For the "screen" and "topline" values, the cursor position will be
+	changed when necessary. In this case, the jumplist will be populated
+	with the previous cursor position. For "screen", the text cannot always
+	be kept on the same screen line when 'wrap' is enabled.
+
 			*'splitright'* *'spr'* *'nosplitright'* *'nospr'*
 'splitright' 'spr'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
 	When on, splitting a window will put the new window right of the
 	current one. |:vsplit|
 
-			*'splitscroll'* *'spsc'* *'nosplitscroll'* *'nospsc'*
-'splitscroll' 'spsc'	boolean	(default on)
-			global
-	The value of this option determines the scroll behavior when opening,
-	closing or resizing horizontal splits. When "on", splitting a window
-	horizontally will keep the same relative cursor position in the old and
-	new window, as well windows that are resized. When "off", scrolling
-	will be avoided to stabilize the window content. Instead, the cursor
-	position will be changed when necessary. In this case, the jumplist
-	will be populated with the previous cursor position. Scrolling cannot
-	be guaranteed to be avoided when 'wrap' is enabled.
-
 			   *'startofline'* *'sol'* *'nostartofline'* *'nosol'*
 'startofline' 'sol'	boolean	(default on)
 			global
@@ -7551,6 +7686,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	When there is error while evaluating the option then it will be made
 	empty to avoid further errors.  Otherwise screen updating would loop.
+	When the result contains unprintable characters the result is
+	unpredictable.
 
 	Note that the only effect of 'ruler' when this option is set (and
 	'laststatus' is 2) is controlling the output of |CTRL-G|.
@@ -7610,6 +7747,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	P S   Percentage through file of displayed window.  This is like the
 	      percentage described for 'ruler'.  Always 3 in length, unless
 	      translated.
+	S S   'showcmd' content, see 'showcmdloc'.
 	a S   Argument list status as in default title.  ({current} of {max})
 	      Empty if the argument file count is zero or one.
 	{ NF  Evaluate expression between '%{' and '}' and substitute result.
@@ -7638,7 +7776,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	      mark.  This information is used for mouse clicks.
 	< -   Where to truncate line if too long.  Default is at the start.
 	      No width fields allowed.
-	= -   Separation point between left and right aligned items.
+	= -   Separation point between alignment sections.  Each section will
+	      be separated by an equal number of spaces.  With one %= what
+	      comes after it will be right-aligned.  With two %= there is a
+	      middle part, with white space left and right of it.
 	      No width fields allowed.
 	# -   Set highlight group.  The name must follow and then a # again.
 	      Thus use %#HLname# for highlight group HLname.  The same
@@ -7646,8 +7787,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	      windows.
 	* -   Set highlight group to User{N}, where {N} is taken from the
 	      minwid field, e.g. %1*.  Restore normal highlight with %* or %0*.
-	      The difference between User{N} and StatusLine  will be applied
-	      to StatusLineNC for the statusline of non-current windows.
+	      The difference between User{N} and StatusLine will be applied to
+	      StatusLineNC for the statusline of non-current windows.
 	      The number N must be between 1 and 9.  See |hl-User1..9|
 
 	When displaying a flag, Vim removes the leading comma, if any, when
@@ -8464,10 +8605,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	xterm entries...).
 
 				     *'ttyfast'* *'tf'* *'nottyfast'* *'notf'*
-'ttyfast' 'tf'		boolean	(default off, on when 'term' is xterm, hpterm,
-					sun-cmd, screen, rxvt, dtterm or
-					iris-ansi; also on when running Vim in
-					a DOS console)
+'ttyfast' 'tf'		boolean	(default on)
 			global
 	Indicates a fast terminal connection.  More characters will be sent to
 	the screen for redrawing, instead of using insert/delete line
@@ -8477,6 +8615,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	line for lines that wrap.  This helps when using copy/paste with the
 	mouse in an xterm and other terminals.
 
+	The default used to be set only for some terminal names, but these
+	days nearly all terminals are fast, therefore the default is now "on".
+	If you have a slow connection you may want to set this option off,
+	e.g. depending on the host name: >
+		if hostname() =~ 'faraway'
+		   set nottyfast
+		endif
+<
 						*'ttymouse'* *'ttym'*
 'ttymouse' 'ttym'	string	(default depends on 'term')
 			global
@@ -8536,6 +8682,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set to a name that starts with "xterm", "mlterm", "screen", "tmux",
 	"st" (full match only), "st-" or "stterm", and 'ttymouse' is not set
 	already.
+	If the terminfo/termcap entry "XM" exists and the first number is
+	"1006" then 'ttymouse' will be set to "sgr".  This works for many
+	modern terminals.
 	Additionally, if vim is compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and
 	|t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the xterm version
 	number, more intelligent detection is done.

runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ features you can enable/disable.
 
 Haiku uses "ncurses6" as its terminal library, therefore you need to have
 "ncurses6_devel" package installed from HaikuDepot in order to configure
-the Haiku build.  Just append "--with-tlib=ncurses6" to ./configure command
+the Haiku build.  Just append "--with-tlib=ncurses" to ./configure command.
 
 Now you should use "make" to compile Vim, then "make install" to install it.
 For seamless integration into Haiku, the GUI-less vim binary should be
@@ -56,12 +56,14 @@ additionally installed over the GUI version.  Typical build commands are:
   ./configure --prefix=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY` \
     --datarootdir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DATA_DIRECTORY` \
     --mandir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`/documentation/man \
+    --with-tlib=ncurses
   make clean
   make install
 
   ./configure --prefix=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`  \
     --datarootdir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DATA_DIRECTORY` \
     --mandir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`/documentation/man \
+    --with-tlib=ncurses \
     --disable-gui
   make clean
   make install
@@ -93,7 +95,7 @@ The default value for $VIM is set at compile time and can be determined with:
 
   :version
 
-The normal value is /boot/system/data/vim for Haikuports version, 
+The normal value is /boot/system/data/vim for Haikuports version,
 /boot/system/non-packaged/data/vim for manual builds.  If you don't like it
 you can set the VIM environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile'
 in your .vimrc: >
@@ -221,11 +223,11 @@ Thank you, all!
 
 
 14. Bugs & to-do					*haiku-bugs*
- 
+
 The port is under development now and far away from the perfect state. For bug
 reports, patches and wishes, please use the Vim mailing list or Vim Github
 repository.
- 
+
 Mailing list: https://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 Vim Github repository: https://github.com/vim/vim
 

runtime/doc/os_unix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_unix.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_unix.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -28,10 +28,11 @@ system() is used, which is a bit slower.  The output of ":version" includes
 can be changed at compile time.
 (For forking of the GUI version see |gui-fork|.)
 
-Because terminal updating under Unix is often slow (e.g. serial line
-terminal, shell window in suntools), the 'showcmd' and 'ruler' options
-are off by default.  If you have a fast terminal, try setting them on.  You
-might also want to set 'ttyfast'.
+For historic reasons terminal updating under Unix is expected to be slow (e.g.
+serial line terminal, shell window in suntools), the 'showcmd' and 'ruler'
+options are off by default.  If you have a fast terminal, try setting them
+on: >
+	set showcmd ruler
 
 When using Vim in an xterm the mouse clicks can be used by Vim by setting
 'mouse' to "a".  If there is access to an X-server gui style copy/paste will

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Jan 04
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -331,10 +331,10 @@ features, it is worth to choose non GUI executables.
 8.1 Backspace/delete
 
 There are backspace/delete key inconsistencies with VMS.
-:fixdel doesn't do the trick, but the solution is: >
+:fixdel doesn't do the trick, but the solution is (without "<" in 'cpo'): >
 
-	:inoremap ^? ^H		" for terminal mode
-	:inoremap <Del> ^H	" for gui mode
+	:inoremap <C-?> <C-H>	" for terminal mode
+	:inoremap <Del> <C-H>	" for gui mode
 
 Read more in ch: 8.6 (Terminal problems).
 (Bruce Hunsaker <BNHunsaker@chq.byu.edu> Vim 5.3)
@@ -458,18 +458,11 @@ Ins, Del buttons etc., except Backspace in GUI mode.  To solve it, add to
 
 Vim will also recognize that they are fast terminals.
 
-If you have some annoying line jumping on the screen between windows add to
-your .vimrc file: >
-
-	set ttyfast	" set fast terminal
-
-Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through a very slow connection, it's
-recommended to avoid the fast terminal option with: >
+If you're using Vim on remote host or through a very slow connection, you
+might want to reset fast terminal option with: >
 
 	set nottyfast   " set terminal to slow mode
 
-(Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 5.6)
-
 
 8.7 Hex-editing and other external tools
 

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Mar 04
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -134,6 +134,11 @@ gD			Goto global Declaration.  When the cursor is on a
 CTRL-C			Interrupt current (search) command.  Use CTRL-Break on
 			MS-Windows |dos-CTRL-Break|.
 			In Normal mode, any pending command is aborted.
+			When Vim was started with output redirected and there
+			are no changed buffers CTRL-C exits Vim.  That is to
+			help users who use "vim file | grep word" and don't
+			know how to get out (blindly typing :qa<CR> would
+			work).
 
 							*:noh* *:nohlsearch*
 :noh[lsearch]		Stop the highlighting for the 'hlsearch' option.  It

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2020 Jan 07
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
@@ -80,25 +80,25 @@ Copyright 2005-2017:					*tar-copyright*
 
    These options are variables that one may change, typically in one's
    <.vimrc> file.
-                         Default
-   Variable               Value   Explanation
-   *g:tar_browseoptions*  "Ptf"   used to get a list of contents
-   *g:tar_readoptions*    "OPxf"  used to extract a file from a tarball
-   *g:tar_cmd*            "tar"   the name of the tar program
-   *g:tar_nomax*            0     if true, file window will not be maximized
-   *g:tar_secure*         undef   if exists:
+			 Default
+   Variable		  Value   Explanation
+   *g:tar_browseoptions*    "Ptf"   used to get a list of contents
+   *g:tar_readoptions*	  "OPxf"  used to extract a file from a tarball
+   *g:tar_cmd*		  "tar"   the name of the tar program
+   *g:tar_nomax*	    0	  if true, file window will not be maximized
+   *g:tar_secure*	  undef   if exists:
 					"--"s will be used to prevent unwanted
 					option expansion in tar commands.
 					Please be sure that your tar command
 					accepts "--"; Posix compliant tar
 					utilities do accept them.
 				  if not exists:
-				  	The tar plugin will reject any tar
+					The tar plugin will reject any tar
 					files or member files that begin with
 					"-"
 				  Not all tar's support the "--" which is why
 				  it isn't default.
-   *g:tar_writeoptions*   "uf"    used to update/replace a file
+   *g:tar_writeoptions*	  "uf"    used to update/replace a file
 
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Nov 08
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 
    OPTIONS~
 
-   							*g:zip_nomax*
+							*g:zip_nomax*
 
    If this variable exists and is true, the file window will not be
    automatically maximized when opened.
@@ -54,21 +54,21 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
    under Windows (").  If you'd rather have no quotes, simply set
    g:zip_shq to the empty string (let g:zip_shq= "") in your <.vimrc>.
 
-   							*g:zip_unzipcmd*
+							*g:zip_unzipcmd*
    Use this option to specify the program which does the duty of "unzip".
    It's used during browsing. By default: >
-   	let g:zip_unzipcmd= "unzip"
+	let g:zip_unzipcmd= "unzip"
 <
 							*g:zip_zipcmd*
    Use this option to specify the program which does the duty of "zip".
    It's used during the writing (updating) of a file already in a zip
    file; by default: >
-   	let g:zip_zipcmd= "zip"
+	let g:zip_zipcmd= "zip"
 <
 							*g:zip_extractcmd*
    This option specifies the program (and any options needed) used to
    extract a file from a zip archive.  By default, >
-   	let g:zip_extractcmd= g:zip_unzipcmd
+	let g:zip_extractcmd= g:zip_unzipcmd
 <
    PREVENTING LOADING~
 
@@ -103,14 +103,14 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 ==============================================================================
 4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
    v32 Oct 22, 2021 * to avoid an issue with a vim 8.2 patch, zipfile: has
-   		      been changed to zipfile:// . This often shows up
+		      been changed to zipfile:// . This often shows up
 		      as zipfile:/// with zipped files that are root-based.
    v29 Apr 02, 2017 * (Klartext) reported that an encrypted zip file could
-   		      opened but the swapfile held unencrypted contents.
+		      opened but the swapfile held unencrypted contents.
 		      The solution is to edit the contents of a zip file
 		      using the |:noswapfile| modifier.
    v28 Oct 08, 2014 * changed the sanity checks for executables to reflect
-   		      the command actually to be attempted in zip#Read()
+		      the command actually to be attempted in zip#Read()
 		      and zip#Write()
 		    * added the extraction of a file capability
        Nov 30, 2015 * added *.epub to the |g:zipPlugin_ext| list

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 16
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -347,6 +347,12 @@ popup_filter_yesno({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_yesno()*
 		See the example here: |popup_dialog-example|
 
 
+popup_findecho()					*popup_findecho()*
+		Get the |window-ID| for the popup that shows messages for the
+		`:echowindow` command.  Return zero if there is none.
+		Mainly useful to hide the popup.
+
+
 popup_findinfo()					*popup_findinfo()*
 		Get the |window-ID| for the popup info window, as it used by
 		the popup menu.  See |complete-popup|.  The info popup is
@@ -360,7 +366,6 @@ popup_findpreview()					*popup_findpreview()*
 		Get the |window-ID| for the popup preview window.
 		Return zero if there is none.
 
-
 popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 		Return the {options} for popup {id} in a Dict.
 		A zero value means the option was not set.  For "zindex" the

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*print.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jan 23
+*print.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -158,13 +158,16 @@ currently specified printdevice: >
 If you change this option, using a function is an easy way to avoid having to
 escape all the spaces.  Example: >
 
-	:set printexpr=PrintFile(v:fname_in)
-	:function PrintFile(fname)
-	:  call system("ghostview " .. a:fname)
-	:  call delete(a:fname)
+	:set printexpr=PrintFile()
+	:function PrintFile()
+	:  call system("ghostview " .. v:fname_in)
+	:  call delete(v:fname_in)
 	:  return v:shell_error
 	:endfunc
 
+It is more efficient if the option is set to just a function call,
+see |expr-option-function|.
+
 Be aware that some print programs return control before they have read the
 file.  If you delete the file too soon it will not be printed.  These programs
 usually offer an option to have them remove the file when printing is done.

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Feb 22
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -365,8 +365,6 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			If numbers [from] and/or [to] are given, the respective
 			range of errors is listed.  A negative number counts
 			from the last error backwards, -1 being the last error.
-			The 'switchbuf' settings are respected when jumping
-			to a buffer.
 			The |:filter| command can be used to display only the
 			quickfix entries matching a supplied pattern. The
 			pattern is matched against the filename, module name,
@@ -478,7 +476,7 @@ You can parse a list of lines using 'errorformat' without creating or
 modifying a quickfix list using the |getqflist()| function. Examples: >
 	echo getqflist({'lines' : ["F1:10:Line10", "F2:20:Line20"]})
 	echo getqflist({'lines' : systemlist('grep -Hn quickfix *')})
-This returns a dictionary where the 'items' key contains the list of quickfix
+This returns a dictionary where the "items" key contains the list of quickfix
 entries parsed from lines. The following shows how to use a custom
 'errorformat' to parse the lines without modifying the 'errorformat' option: >
 	echo getqflist({'efm' : '%f#%l#%m', 'lines' : ['F1#10#Line']})
@@ -597,7 +595,7 @@ can go back to the unfiltered list using the |:colder|/|:lolder| command.
 			quickfix command or function, the |b:changedtick|
 			variable is incremented.  You can get the number of
 			this buffer using the getqflist() and getloclist()
-			functions by passing the 'qfbufnr' item. For a
+			functions by passing the "qfbufnr" item. For a
 			location list, this buffer is wiped out when the
 			location list is removed.
 
@@ -1273,6 +1271,21 @@ not "b:current_compiler".  What the command actually does is the following:
 For writing a compiler plugin, see |write-compiler-plugin|.
 
 
+DOTNET							*compiler-dotnet*
+
+The .NET CLI compiler outputs both errors and warnings by default. The output
+may be limited to include only errors, by setting the g:dotnet_errors_only
+variable to |v:true|.
+
+The associated project name is included in each error and warning. To supress
+the project name, set the g:dotnet_show_project_file variable to |v:false|.
+
+Example: limit output to only display errors, and suppress the project name: >
+	let dotnet_errors_only = v:true
+	let dotnet_show_project_file = v:false
+	compiler dotnet
+<
+
 GCC					*quickfix-gcc*	*compiler-gcc*
 
 There's one variable you can set for the GCC compiler:
@@ -2011,7 +2024,7 @@ The function should return a single line of text to display in the quickfix
 window for each entry from start_idx to end_idx. The function can obtain
 information about the entries using the |getqflist()| function and specifying
 the quickfix list identifier "id". For a location list, getloclist() function
-can be used with the 'winid' argument. If an empty list is returned, then the
+can be used with the "winid" argument. If an empty list is returned, then the
 default format is used to display all the entries. If an item in the returned
 list is an empty string, then the default format is used to display the
 corresponding entry.

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 14
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -689,6 +689,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'edcompatible'	  'ed'	    toggle flags of ":substitute" command
 'emoji'		  'emo'	    emoji characters are considered full width
 'encoding'	  'enc'     encoding used internally
+'endoffile'	  'eof'     write CTRL-Z at end of the file
 'endofline'	  'eol'     write <EOL> for last line in file
 'equalalways'	  'ea'	    windows are automatically made the same size
 'equalprg'	  'ep'	    external program to use for "=" command
@@ -774,6 +775,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'key'			    encryption key
 'keymap'	  'kmp'     name of a keyboard mapping
 'keymodel'	  'km'	    enable starting/stopping selection with keys
+'keyprotocol'	  'kpc'	    what keyboard protocol to use for what terminal
 'keywordprg'	  'kp'	    program to use for the "K" command
 'langmap'	  'lmap'    alphabetic characters for other language mode
 'langmenu'	  'lm'	    language to be used for the menus
@@ -785,6 +787,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'lines'			    number of lines in the display
 'linespace'	  'lsp'     number of pixel lines to use between characters
 'lisp'			    automatic indenting for Lisp
+'lispoptions'	  'lop'     changes how Lisp indenting is done
 'lispwords'	  'lw'	    words that change how lisp indenting works
 'list'			    show <Tab> and <EOL>
 'listchars'	  'lcs'     characters for displaying in list mode
@@ -899,7 +902,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'shortmess'	  'shm'     list of flags, reduce length of messages
 'shortname'	  'sn'	    Filenames assumed to be 8.3 chars
 'showbreak'	  'sbr'     string to use at the start of wrapped lines
-'showcmd'	  'sc'	    show (partial) command in status line
+'showcmd'	  'sc'	    show (partial) command somewhere
+'showcmdloc'	  'sloc'    where to show (partial) command
 'showfulltag'	  'sft'     show full tag pattern when completing tag
 'showmatch'	  'sm'	    briefly jump to matching bracket if insert one
 'showmode'	  'smd'     message on status line to show current mode
@@ -910,6 +914,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'smartcase'	  'scs'     no ignore case when pattern has uppercase
 'smartindent'	  'si'	    smart autoindenting for C programs
 'smarttab'	  'sta'     use 'shiftwidth' when inserting <Tab>
+'smoothscroll'	  'sms'     scroll by screen lines when 'wrap' is set
 'softtabstop'	  'sts'     number of spaces that <Tab> uses while editing
 'spell'			    enable spell checking
 'spellcapcheck'   'spc'     pattern to locate end of a sentence
@@ -918,8 +923,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'spelloptions'	  'spo'     options for spell checking
 'spellsuggest'	  'sps'     method(s) used to suggest spelling corrections
 'splitbelow'	  'sb'	    new window from split is below the current one
+'splitkeep'	  'spk'     determines scroll behavior for split windows
 'splitright'	  'spr'     new window is put right of the current one
-'splitscroll'	  'spsc'    determines scroll behavior for split windows
 'startofline'	  'sol'     commands move cursor to first non-blank in line
 'statusline'	  'stl'     custom format for the status line
 'suffixes'	  'su'	    suffixes that are ignored with multiple match

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 18
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -92,7 +92,8 @@ pattern and do not match another pattern: >
 This first finds all lines containing "found", but only executes {cmd} when
 there is no match for "notfound".
 
-To execute a non-Ex command, you can use the `:normal` command: >
+Any Ex command can be used, see |ex-cmd-index|.  To execute a Normal mode
+command, you can use the `:normal` command: >
 	:g/pat/normal {commands}
 Make sure that {commands} ends with a whole command, otherwise Vim will wait
 for you to type the rest of the command for each match.  The screen will not
@@ -200,7 +201,8 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 							*:source-range*
 :[range]so[urce] [++clear]
 			Read Ex commands from the [range] of lines in the
-			current buffer.
+			current buffer.  When [range] is omitted read all
+			lines.
 
 			When sourcing commands from the current buffer, the
 			same script-ID |<SID>| is used even if the buffer is
@@ -626,6 +628,11 @@ When Vim starts up, after processing your .vimrc, it scans all directories in
 directories are added to 'runtimepath'.  Then all the plugins are loaded.
 See |packload-two-steps| for how these two steps can be useful.
 
+To allow for calling into package functionality while parsing your .vimrc,
+|:colorscheme| and |autoload| will both automatically search under 'packpath'
+as well in addition to 'runtimepath'.  See the documentation for each for
+details.
+
 In the example Vim will find "pack/foo/start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim" and adds
 "~/.vim/pack/foo/start/foobar" to 'runtimepath'.
 
@@ -904,6 +911,11 @@ executed like a normal Ex command, "step" will stop once in the compiled
 context, where local variables can be inspected, and once just before
 executing the command.
 
+In a :def function variables that haven't been declared yet cannot be
+inspected.  Variables that have been declared can be inspected, also when the
+block they were declared in has finished.  In commands this would not be
+possible, thus is slightly misleading (but can be useful).
+
 The backtrace shows the hierarchy of function calls, e.g.:
 	>bt ~
 	  3 function One[3] ~

runtime/doc/rileft.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*rileft.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
+*rileft.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Avner Lottem
@@ -35,6 +35,11 @@ encoded for every character (or group of characters) are not supported either
 as this kind of support is out of the scope of a simple addition to an
 existing editor (and it's not sanctioned by Unicode either).
 
+As many people working on the code do not use the right-to-left mode, this
+feature may not work in some situations.  If you can describe what is wrong
+and how it would work when fixed, please create an issue on github, see
+|bug-reports|.
+
 
 Highlights
 ----------

runtime/doc/scroll.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 07
+*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -280,6 +280,17 @@ You can also use Alt and Ctrl modifiers.
 
 This only works when Vim gets the scroll wheel events, of course.  You can
 check if this works with the "xev" program.
+							*mouse-scrolling-off*
+If you do not want the mouse to cause scrolling (e.g. because resting your
+palm on the touchpad causes scroll events), you can disable that with: >
+	:map <ScrollWheelDown> <Nop>
+	:map! <ScrollWheelDown> <Nop>
+	:map <ScrollWheelUp> <Nop>
+	:map! <ScrollWheelUp> <Nop>
+	:map <ScrollWheelLeft> <Nop>
+	:map! <ScrollWheelLeft> <Nop>
+	:map <ScrollWheelRight> <Nop>
+	:map! <ScrollWheelRight> <Nop>
 
 When using XFree86, the /etc/XF86Config file should have the correct entry for
 your mouse.  For FreeBSD, this entry works for a Logitech scrollmouse: >

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Dec 05
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -625,9 +625,9 @@ sign_placelist({list})
 				then a new unique identifier is allocated.
 				Otherwise the specified number is used. See
 				|sign-identifier| for more information.
-		    lnum	line number in the buffer {expr} where the
-				sign is to be placed. For the accepted values,
-				see |line()|.
+		    lnum	line number in the buffer where the sign is to
+				be placed. For the accepted values, see
+				|line()|.
 		    name	name of the sign to place. See |sign_define()|
 		    		for more information.
 		    priority	priority of the sign. When multiple signs are

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1008,8 +1008,8 @@ Note: even when using "num" or "long" the number of flags available to
 compounding and prefixes is limited to about 250.
 
 
-AFFIXES
-					    *spell-PFX* *spell-SFX*
+AFFIXES						*spell-PFX* *spell-SFX*
+
 The usual PFX (prefix) and SFX (suffix) lines are supported (see the Myspell
 documentation or the Aspell manual:
 http://aspell.net/man-html/Affix-Compression.html).

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 14
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		Start logging and write entries to {filename}.
 		This works like calling `ch_logfile({filename}, 'ao')` very
 		early during startup.
-		{only available with the |+channel| feature}
+		{only available with the |+eval| feature}
 
 							*-D*
 -D		Debugging.  Go to debugging mode when executing the first

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 10
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ Force to omit the line numbers: >
 Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
    :unlet g:html_number_lines
 <
-                                                             *g:html_line_ids*
+							*g:html_line_ids*
 Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
 When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
 inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
@@ -692,6 +692,22 @@ the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
 >
    :let g:html_no_pre = 1
 <
+							       *g:html_no_doc*
+Default: 0.
+When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
+<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
+define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
+settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
+
+
+							     *g:html_no_links*
+Default: 0.
+Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
+
+							  *g:html_no_modeline*
+Default: 0.
+Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
+
 							  *g:html_expand_tabs*
 Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
 	       and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
@@ -1872,6 +1888,16 @@ following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
 Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
 the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
 
+							*html-folding*
+The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
+and end tags.  This can be turned on by >
+
+	:let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
+	:set foldmethod=syntax
+
+Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
+especially for large files.
+
 
 HTML/OS (by Aestiva)				*htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
 
@@ -2400,7 +2426,7 @@ you set the variable: >
 
 	:let papp_include_html=1
 
-in your startup file it will try to syntax-hilight html code inside phtml
+in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
 sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
 edit sensibly. ;)
 
@@ -2932,7 +2958,7 @@ Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
 
 You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
 
-        :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
+	:let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
 <
 The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
 
@@ -2940,22 +2966,22 @@ The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
     --------  ------------------------------------- ~
     ALL        Most block syntax (default)
     NONE       Nothing
-    if         "if" or "unless" block
+    if	       "if" or "unless" block
     def        "def" block
     class      "class" block
     module     "module" block
-    do         "do" block
+    do	       "do" block
     begin      "begin" block
     case       "case" block
     for        "for", "while", "until" loops
-    {          Curly bracket block or hash literal
-    [          Array literal
-    %          Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
-    /          Regexp
+    {	       Curly bracket block or hash literal
+    [	       Array literal
+    %	       Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
+    /	       Regexp
     string     String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
-    :          Symbol
-    #          Multiline comment
-    <<         Here documents
+    :	       Symbol
+    #	       Multiline comment
+    <<	       Here documents
     __END__    Source code after "__END__" directive
 
 						*ruby_no_expensive*
@@ -3021,16 +3047,25 @@ satisfied with it for my own projects.
 SED						*sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
 
 To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
-highlighting on the tabs), define "highlight_sedtabs" by putting >
-
-	:let highlight_sedtabs = 1
+highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
 
+	:let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
+<
 in the vimrc file.  (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
 inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
 by an Append/Change/Insert command.)  If you enable this option, it is
 also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
 you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
 
+GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line.  BSD sed only allows
+comments where "#" is the first character of the line.  To enforce BSD-style
+comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
+
+	:let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
+<
+Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
+not (yet) affected by this setting.
+
 Bugs:
 
   The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
@@ -3153,7 +3188,7 @@ The default is to use the twice sh_minlines.  Set it to a smaller number to
 speed up displaying.  The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
 
 syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
-extra ']'s, 'done's, 'fi's, etc.  If you find the error handling problematic
+unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc.  If you find the error handling problematic
 for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
 the following line in your .vimrc: >
 
@@ -3586,6 +3621,14 @@ highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
 <
 
 
+WDL							*wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
+
+The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
+with a human-readable and writeable syntax.  This is used a lot in
+bioinformatics.  More info on the spec can be found here:
+https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
+
+
 XF86CONFIG				*xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
 
 The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x.  Both
@@ -3793,7 +3836,7 @@ SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING				*:syn-iskeyword*
 
 	clear:		Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
 			buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
-	{option}        Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
+	{option}       	Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
 
 	Example: >
   :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
@@ -4866,7 +4909,7 @@ is mostly used, because it looks better.
 In the next section you can find information about indivisual highlight groups
 and how to specify colors for them.  Most likely you want to just select a set
 of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
-	
+
 	    colorscheme pablo
 <
 						*:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
@@ -4918,7 +4961,7 @@ Change a couple more colors: >
 	augroup my_colorschemes
 	  au!
 	  au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
-		      \ | higlight Special ctermfg=63
+		      \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
 		      \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
 	augroup END
 
@@ -4960,7 +5003,7 @@ in their own color.
 
 						*highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
 :hi[ghlight] clear	Reset all highlighting to the defaults.  Removes all
-			highlighting for groups added by the user!
+			highlighting for groups added by the user.
 			Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
 			default colors to use.
 			If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
@@ -5271,7 +5314,7 @@ guisp={color-name}					*highlight-guisp*
 		"gg"	is the Green value
 		"bb"	is the Blue value
 	All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff".  Examples: >
-            :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
+	    :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
 <
 	If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
 	repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
@@ -5361,25 +5404,26 @@ LineNrBelow	Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
 							*hl-CursorLineNr*
 CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
 		contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
-							*hl-CursorLineSign*
-CursorLineSign	Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
 							*hl-CursorLineFold*
 CursorLineFold	Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
+							*hl-CursorLineSign*
+CursorLineSign	Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
 							*hl-MatchParen*
 MatchParen	Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
 		is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
 							*hl-MessageWindow*
-MessageWindow	Messages popup window used when 'cmdheight' is zero.  If not
-		defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
+MessageWindow	Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`.  If not defined
+		|hl-WarningMsg| is used.
 							*hl-ModeMsg*
 ModeMsg		'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
 							*hl-MoreMsg*
 MoreMsg		|more-prompt|
 							*hl-NonText*
-NonText		'@' at the end of the window, characters from 'showbreak'
-		and other characters that do not really exist in the text
-		(e.g., ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't
-		fit at the end of the line).
+NonText		'@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
+		for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
+		characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
+		">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
+		end of the line.
 							*hl-Normal*
 Normal		Normal text.
 							*hl-Pmenu*

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -231,7 +231,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'emoji'	options.txt	/*'emoji'*
 'enc'	options.txt	/*'enc'*
 'encoding'	options.txt	/*'encoding'*
+'endoffile'	options.txt	/*'endoffile'*
 'endofline'	options.txt	/*'endofline'*
+'eof'	options.txt	/*'eof'*
 'eol'	options.txt	/*'eol'*
 'ep'	options.txt	/*'ep'*
 'equalalways'	options.txt	/*'equalalways'*
@@ -302,6 +304,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'fs'	options.txt	/*'fs'*
 'fsync'	options.txt	/*'fsync'*
 'ft'	options.txt	/*'ft'*
+'g:context_extra_options'	ft_context.txt	/*'g:context_extra_options'*
 'g:context_ignore_makefile'	ft_context.txt	/*'g:context_ignore_makefile'*
 'g:context_include'	ft_context.txt	/*'g:context_include'*
 'g:mf_other_macros'	ft_mp.txt	/*'g:mf_other_macros'*
@@ -434,10 +437,12 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'key'	options.txt	/*'key'*
 'keymap'	options.txt	/*'keymap'*
 'keymodel'	options.txt	/*'keymodel'*
+'keyprotocol'	options.txt	/*'keyprotocol'*
 'keywordprg'	options.txt	/*'keywordprg'*
 'km'	options.txt	/*'km'*
 'kmp'	options.txt	/*'kmp'*
 'kp'	options.txt	/*'kp'*
+'kpc'	options.txt	/*'kpc'*
 'langmap'	options.txt	/*'langmap'*
 'langmenu'	options.txt	/*'langmenu'*
 'langnoremap'	options.txt	/*'langnoremap'*
@@ -450,6 +455,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'lines'	options.txt	/*'lines'*
 'linespace'	options.txt	/*'linespace'*
 'lisp'	options.txt	/*'lisp'*
+'lispoptions'	options.txt	/*'lispoptions'*
 'lispwords'	options.txt	/*'lispwords'*
 'list'	options.txt	/*'list'*
 'listchars'	options.txt	/*'listchars'*
@@ -457,6 +463,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'lmap'	options.txt	/*'lmap'*
 'lnr'	options.txt	/*'lnr'*
 'loadplugins'	options.txt	/*'loadplugins'*
+'lop'	options.txt	/*'lop'*
 'lpl'	options.txt	/*'lpl'*
 'lrm'	options.txt	/*'lrm'*
 'ls'	options.txt	/*'ls'*
@@ -595,7 +602,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'noek'	options.txt	/*'noek'*
 'noemo'	options.txt	/*'noemo'*
 'noemoji'	options.txt	/*'noemoji'*
+'noendoffile'	options.txt	/*'noendoffile'*
 'noendofline'	options.txt	/*'noendofline'*
+'noeof'	options.txt	/*'noeof'*
 'noeol'	options.txt	/*'noeol'*
 'noequalalways'	options.txt	/*'noequalalways'*
 'noerrorbells'	options.txt	/*'noerrorbells'*
@@ -713,14 +722,14 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'nosmartindent'	options.txt	/*'nosmartindent'*
 'nosmarttab'	options.txt	/*'nosmarttab'*
 'nosmd'	options.txt	/*'nosmd'*
+'nosmoothscroll'	options.txt	/*'nosmoothscroll'*
+'nosms'	options.txt	/*'nosms'*
 'nosn'	options.txt	/*'nosn'*
 'nosol'	options.txt	/*'nosol'*
 'nospell'	options.txt	/*'nospell'*
 'nosplitbelow'	options.txt	/*'nosplitbelow'*
 'nosplitright'	options.txt	/*'nosplitright'*
-'nosplitscroll'	options.txt	/*'nosplitscroll'*
 'nospr'	options.txt	/*'nospr'*
-'nospsc'	options.txt	/*'nospsc'*
 'nosr'	options.txt	/*'nosr'*
 'nossl'	options.txt	/*'nossl'*
 'nosta'	options.txt	/*'nosta'*
@@ -917,6 +926,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'shortname'	options.txt	/*'shortname'*
 'showbreak'	options.txt	/*'showbreak'*
 'showcmd'	options.txt	/*'showcmd'*
+'showcmdloc'	options.txt	/*'showcmdloc'*
 'showfulltag'	options.txt	/*'showfulltag'*
 'showmatch'	options.txt	/*'showmatch'*
 'showmode'	options.txt	/*'showmode'*
@@ -929,6 +939,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'siso'	options.txt	/*'siso'*
 'sj'	options.txt	/*'sj'*
 'slm'	options.txt	/*'slm'*
+'sloc'	options.txt	/*'sloc'*
 'slow'	vi_diff.txt	/*'slow'*
 'slowopen'	vi_diff.txt	/*'slowopen'*
 'sm'	options.txt	/*'sm'*
@@ -937,6 +948,8 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'smarttab'	options.txt	/*'smarttab'*
 'smc'	options.txt	/*'smc'*
 'smd'	options.txt	/*'smd'*
+'smoothscroll'	options.txt	/*'smoothscroll'*
+'sms'	options.txt	/*'sms'*
 'sn'	options.txt	/*'sn'*
 'so'	options.txt	/*'so'*
 'softtabstop'	options.txt	/*'softtabstop'*
@@ -951,14 +964,14 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'spelloptions'	options.txt	/*'spelloptions'*
 'spellsuggest'	options.txt	/*'spellsuggest'*
 'spf'	options.txt	/*'spf'*
+'spk'	options.txt	/*'spk'*
 'spl'	options.txt	/*'spl'*
 'splitbelow'	options.txt	/*'splitbelow'*
+'splitkeep'	options.txt	/*'splitkeep'*
 'splitright'	options.txt	/*'splitright'*
-'splitscroll'	options.txt	/*'splitscroll'*
 'spo'	options.txt	/*'spo'*
 'spr'	options.txt	/*'spr'*
 'sps'	options.txt	/*'sps'*
-'spsc'	options.txt	/*'spsc'*
 'sr'	options.txt	/*'sr'*
 'srr'	options.txt	/*'srr'*
 'ss'	options.txt	/*'ss'*
@@ -1050,6 +1063,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 't_RC'	term.txt	/*'t_RC'*
 't_RF'	term.txt	/*'t_RF'*
 't_RI'	term.txt	/*'t_RI'*
+'t_RK'	term.txt	/*'t_RK'*
 't_RS'	term.txt	/*'t_RS'*
 't_RT'	term.txt	/*'t_RT'*
 't_RV'	term.txt	/*'t_RV'*
@@ -1070,6 +1084,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 't_VS'	term.txt	/*'t_VS'*
 't_WP'	term.txt	/*'t_WP'*
 't_WS'	term.txt	/*'t_WS'*
+'t_XM'	term.txt	/*'t_XM'*
 't_ZH'	term.txt	/*'t_ZH'*
 't_ZR'	term.txt	/*'t_ZR'*
 't_al'	term.txt	/*'t_al'*
@@ -2153,7 +2168,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :abclear	map.txt	/*:abclear*
 :abo	windows.txt	/*:abo*
 :aboveleft	windows.txt	/*:aboveleft*
-:abstract	vim9.txt	/*:abstract*
+:abstract	vim9class.txt	/*:abstract*
 :addd	quickfix.txt	/*:addd*
 :al	windows.txt	/*:al*
 :all	windows.txt	/*:all*
@@ -2189,6 +2204,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :aun	gui.txt	/*:aun*
 :aunmenu	gui.txt	/*:aunmenu*
 :autocmd	autocmd.txt	/*:autocmd*
+:autocmd-block	autocmd.txt	/*:autocmd-block*
 :autocmd-verbose	autocmd.txt	/*:autocmd-verbose*
 :b	windows.txt	/*:b*
 :bN	windows.txt	/*:bN*
@@ -2313,7 +2329,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :chistory	quickfix.txt	/*:chistory*
 :cl	quickfix.txt	/*:cl*
 :cla	quickfix.txt	/*:cla*
-:class	vim9.txt	/*:class*
+:class	vim9class.txt	/*:class*
 :clast	quickfix.txt	/*:clast*
 :cle	motion.txt	/*:cle*
 :clearjumps	motion.txt	/*:clearjumps*
@@ -2490,15 +2506,15 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :emenu	gui.txt	/*:emenu*
 :en	eval.txt	/*:en*
 :end	eval.txt	/*:end*
-:endclass	vim9.txt	/*:endclass*
+:endclass	vim9class.txt	/*:endclass*
 :enddef	vim9.txt	/*:enddef*
-:endenum	vim9.txt	/*:endenum*
+:endenum	vim9class.txt	/*:endenum*
 :endf	userfunc.txt	/*:endf*
 :endfo	eval.txt	/*:endfo*
 :endfor	eval.txt	/*:endfor*
 :endfunction	userfunc.txt	/*:endfunction*
 :endif	eval.txt	/*:endif*
-:endinterface	vim9.txt	/*:endinterface*
+:endinterface	vim9class.txt	/*:endinterface*
 :endt	eval.txt	/*:endt*
 :endtry	eval.txt	/*:endtry*
 :endw	eval.txt	/*:endw*
@@ -2507,7 +2523,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :ene!	editing.txt	/*:ene!*
 :enew	editing.txt	/*:enew*
 :enew!	editing.txt	/*:enew!*
-:enum	vim9.txt	/*:enum*
+:enum	vim9class.txt	/*:enum*
 :eval	eval.txt	/*:eval*
 :ex	editing.txt	/*:ex*
 :exe	eval.txt	/*:exe*
@@ -2637,7 +2653,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :inoreme	gui.txt	/*:inoreme*
 :inoremenu	gui.txt	/*:inoremenu*
 :insert	insert.txt	/*:insert*
-:interface	vim9.txt	/*:interface*
+:interface	vim9class.txt	/*:interface*
 :intro	starting.txt	/*:intro*
 :is	tagsrch.txt	/*:is*
 :isearch	tagsrch.txt	/*:isearch*
@@ -3005,6 +3021,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :pts	tagsrch.txt	/*:pts*
 :ptselect	tagsrch.txt	/*:ptselect*
 :pu	change.txt	/*:pu*
+:public	vim9class.txt	/*:public*
 :put	change.txt	/*:put*
 :pw	editing.txt	/*:pw*
 :pwd	editing.txt	/*:pwd*
@@ -3033,6 +3050,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :r!	insert.txt	/*:r!*
 :range	cmdline.txt	/*:range*
 :range!	change.txt	/*:range!*
+:range-closed-fold	cmdline.txt	/*:range-closed-fold*
+:range-offset	cmdline.txt	/*:range-offset*
+:range-pattern	cmdline.txt	/*:range-pattern*
 :re	insert.txt	/*:re*
 :read	insert.txt	/*:read*
 :read!	insert.txt	/*:read!*
@@ -3271,7 +3291,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :startgreplace	insert.txt	/*:startgreplace*
 :startinsert	insert.txt	/*:startinsert*
 :startreplace	insert.txt	/*:startreplace*
-:static	vim9.txt	/*:static*
+:static	vim9class.txt	/*:static*
 :stj	tagsrch.txt	/*:stj*
 :stjump	tagsrch.txt	/*:stjump*
 :stop	starting.txt	/*:stop*
@@ -3449,7 +3469,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :tunma	map.txt	/*:tunma*
 :tunmap	map.txt	/*:tunmap*
 :tunmenu	gui.txt	/*:tunmenu*
-:type	vim9.txt	/*:type*
+:type	vim9class.txt	/*:type*
 :u	undo.txt	/*:u*
 :un	undo.txt	/*:un*
 :una	map.txt	/*:una*
@@ -3973,6 +3993,7 @@ CTRL-{char}	intro.txt	/*CTRL-{char}*
 Channel	eval.txt	/*Channel*
 Channels	eval.txt	/*Channels*
 Chinese	mbyte.txt	/*Chinese*
+Class	vim9class.txt	/*Class*
 Cmd-event	autocmd.txt	/*Cmd-event*
 CmdUndefined	autocmd.txt	/*CmdUndefined*
 Cmdline	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline*
@@ -4343,11 +4364,65 @@ E1302	eval.txt	/*E1302*
 E1303	map.txt	/*E1303*
 E1304	vim9.txt	/*E1304*
 E1305	textprop.txt	/*E1305*
+E1306	vim9.txt	/*E1306*
+E1307	vim9.txt	/*E1307*
+E1308	builtin.txt	/*E1308*
+E1309	map.txt	/*E1309*
 E131	userfunc.txt	/*E131*
+E1310	gui.txt	/*E1310*
+E1311	map.txt	/*E1311*
+E1312	windows.txt	/*E1312*
+E1313	eval.txt	/*E1313*
+E1314	vim9class.txt	/*E1314*
+E1315	vim9class.txt	/*E1315*
+E1316	vim9class.txt	/*E1316*
+E1317	vim9class.txt	/*E1317*
+E1318	vim9class.txt	/*E1318*
+E1319	eval.txt	/*E1319*
 E132	userfunc.txt	/*E132*
+E1320	eval.txt	/*E1320*
+E1321	eval.txt	/*E1321*
+E1322	eval.txt	/*E1322*
+E1323	eval.txt	/*E1323*
+E1324	eval.txt	/*E1324*
+E1325	vim9class.txt	/*E1325*
+E1326	vim9class.txt	/*E1326*
+E1327	vim9class.txt	/*E1327*
+E1328	vim9class.txt	/*E1328*
+E1329	vim9class.txt	/*E1329*
 E133	userfunc.txt	/*E133*
+E1330	vim9class.txt	/*E1330*
+E1331	vim9class.txt	/*E1331*
+E1332	vim9class.txt	/*E1332*
+E1333	vim9class.txt	/*E1333*
+E1334	vim9class.txt	/*E1334*
+E1335	vim9class.txt	/*E1335*
+E1336	options.txt	/*E1336*
+E1337	vim9class.txt	/*E1337*
+E1338	vim9class.txt	/*E1338*
+E1339	textprop.txt	/*E1339*
 E134	change.txt	/*E134*
+E1340	vim9class.txt	/*E1340*
+E1341	vim9class.txt	/*E1341*
+E1342	vim9class.txt	/*E1342*
+E1343	vim9class.txt	/*E1343*
+E1344	vim9class.txt	/*E1344*
+E1345	vim9class.txt	/*E1345*
+E1346	vim9class.txt	/*E1346*
+E1347	vim9class.txt	/*E1347*
+E1348	vim9class.txt	/*E1348*
+E1349	vim9class.txt	/*E1349*
 E135	autocmd.txt	/*E135*
+E1350	vim9class.txt	/*E1350*
+E1351	vim9class.txt	/*E1351*
+E1352	vim9class.txt	/*E1352*
+E1353	vim9class.txt	/*E1353*
+E1354	vim9class.txt	/*E1354*
+E1355	vim9class.txt	/*E1355*
+E1356	vim9class.txt	/*E1356*
+E1357	vim9class.txt	/*E1357*
+E1358	vim9class.txt	/*E1358*
+E1359	vim9class.txt	/*E1359*
 E136	starting.txt	/*E136*
 E137	starting.txt	/*E137*
 E138	starting.txt	/*E138*
@@ -5403,6 +5478,7 @@ OS390-bugs	os_390.txt	/*OS390-bugs*
 OS390-has-ebcdic	os_390.txt	/*OS390-has-ebcdic*
 OS390-limitations	os_390.txt	/*OS390-limitations*
 OS390-open-source	os_390.txt	/*OS390-open-source*
+Object	vim9class.txt	/*Object*
 OffTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OffTheSpot*
 OnTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OnTheSpot*
 Operator-pending	intro.txt	/*Operator-pending*
@@ -5543,6 +5619,7 @@ TerminalWinOpen	autocmd.txt	/*TerminalWinOpen*
 TextChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TextChanged*
 TextChangedI	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedI*
 TextChangedP	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedP*
+TextChangedT	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedT*
 TextYankPost	autocmd.txt	/*TextYankPost*
 Transact-SQL	ft_sql.txt	/*Transact-SQL*
 U	undo.txt	/*U*
@@ -5561,7 +5638,15 @@ VMS	os_vms.txt	/*VMS*
 Vi	intro.txt	/*Vi*
 View	starting.txt	/*View*
 Vim9	vim9.txt	/*Vim9*
+Vim9-abstract-class	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-abstract-class*
+Vim9-class	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-class*
+Vim9-class-member	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-class-member*
+Vim9-class-overview	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-class-overview*
+Vim9-enum	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-enum*
 Vim9-script	vim9.txt	/*Vim9-script*
+Vim9-simple-class	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-simple-class*
+Vim9-type	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-type*
+Vim9-using-interface	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-using-interface*
 VimEnter	autocmd.txt	/*VimEnter*
 VimLeave	autocmd.txt	/*VimLeave*
 VimLeavePre	autocmd.txt	/*VimLeavePre*
@@ -5570,7 +5655,6 @@ VimResume	autocmd.txt	/*VimResume*
 VimSuspend	autocmd.txt	/*VimSuspend*
 Vimball-copyright	pi_vimball.txt	/*Vimball-copyright*
 Virtual-Replace-mode	insert.txt	/*Virtual-Replace-mode*
-VisVim	if_ole.txt	/*VisVim*
 Visual	visual.txt	/*Visual*
 Visual-mode	visual.txt	/*Visual-mode*
 W	motion.txt	/*W*
@@ -5596,7 +5680,10 @@ WinClosed	autocmd.txt	/*WinClosed*
 WinEnter	autocmd.txt	/*WinEnter*
 WinLeave	autocmd.txt	/*WinLeave*
 WinNew	autocmd.txt	/*WinNew*
+WinResized	autocmd.txt	/*WinResized*
+WinResized-event	windows.txt	/*WinResized-event*
 WinScrolled	autocmd.txt	/*WinScrolled*
+WinScrolled-event	windows.txt	/*WinScrolled-event*
 X	change.txt	/*X*
 X11	options.txt	/*X11*
 X11-icon	gui_x11.txt	/*X11-icon*
@@ -6230,6 +6317,8 @@ cino-w	indent.txt	/*cino-w*
 cino-{	indent.txt	/*cino-{*
 cino-}	indent.txt	/*cino-}*
 cinoptions-values	indent.txt	/*cinoptions-values*
+class	vim9class.txt	/*class*
+class-function	vim9class.txt	/*class-function*
 clear-undo	undo.txt	/*clear-undo*
 clearmatches()	builtin.txt	/*clearmatches()*
 client-server	remote.txt	/*client-server*
@@ -6286,6 +6375,7 @@ compile-changes-8	version8.txt	/*compile-changes-8*
 compile-changes-9	version9.txt	/*compile-changes-9*
 compiler-compaqada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-compaqada*
 compiler-decada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-decada*
+compiler-dotnet	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-dotnet*
 compiler-gcc	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-gcc*
 compiler-gnat	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-gnat*
 compiler-hpada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-hpada*
@@ -6644,6 +6734,7 @@ end	intro.txt	/*end*
 end-of-file	pattern.txt	/*end-of-file*
 enlightened-terminal	syntax.txt	/*enlightened-terminal*
 environ()	builtin.txt	/*environ()*
+eol-and-eof	editing.txt	/*eol-and-eof*
 erlang.vim	syntax.txt	/*erlang.vim*
 err_buf	channel.txt	/*err_buf*
 err_cb	channel.txt	/*err_cb*
@@ -6673,6 +6764,8 @@ escape()	builtin.txt	/*escape()*
 escape-bar	version4.txt	/*escape-bar*
 euphoria3.vim	syntax.txt	/*euphoria3.vim*
 euphoria4.vim	syntax.txt	/*euphoria4.vim*
+euro	digraph.txt	/*euro*
+euro-digraph	digraph.txt	/*euro-digraph*
 eval	eval.txt	/*eval*
 eval()	builtin.txt	/*eval()*
 eval-examples	eval.txt	/*eval-examples*
@@ -6775,6 +6868,7 @@ expr-lambda	eval.txt	/*expr-lambda*
 expr-nesting	eval.txt	/*expr-nesting*
 expr-number	eval.txt	/*expr-number*
 expr-option	eval.txt	/*expr-option*
+expr-option-function	vim9.txt	/*expr-option-function*
 expr-quote	eval.txt	/*expr-quote*
 expr-register	eval.txt	/*expr-register*
 expr-star	eval.txt	/*expr-star*
@@ -6799,9 +6893,11 @@ expression-syntax	eval.txt	/*expression-syntax*
 exrc	starting.txt	/*exrc*
 extend()	builtin.txt	/*extend()*
 extendnew()	builtin.txt	/*extendnew()*
+extends	vim9class.txt	/*extends*
 extension-removal	cmdline.txt	/*extension-removal*
 extensions-improvements	todo.txt	/*extensions-improvements*
 f	motion.txt	/*f*
+f-args-example	map.txt	/*f-args-example*
 false	vim9.txt	/*false*
 false-variable	eval.txt	/*false-variable*
 falsy	eval.txt	/*falsy*
@@ -6939,6 +7035,7 @@ form.vim	syntax.txt	/*form.vim*
 format-bullet-list	tips.txt	/*format-bullet-list*
 format-comments	change.txt	/*format-comments*
 format-formatexpr	change.txt	/*format-formatexpr*
+formatOtherKeys	map.txt	/*formatOtherKeys*
 formatting	change.txt	/*formatting*
 forth.vim	syntax.txt	/*forth.vim*
 fortran.vim	syntax.txt	/*fortran.vim*
@@ -7241,8 +7338,11 @@ g:html_id_expr	syntax.txt	/*g:html_id_expr*
 g:html_ignore_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_conceal*
 g:html_ignore_folding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_folding*
 g:html_line_ids	syntax.txt	/*g:html_line_ids*
+g:html_no_doc	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_doc*
 g:html_no_foldcolumn	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_foldcolumn*
 g:html_no_invalid	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_invalid*
+g:html_no_links	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_links*
+g:html_no_modeline	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_modeline*
 g:html_no_pre	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_pre*
 g:html_no_progress	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_progress*
 g:html_number_lines	syntax.txt	/*g:html_number_lines*
@@ -7399,6 +7499,7 @@ g:tex_subscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_subscripts*
 g:tex_superscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_superscripts*
 g:tex_verbspell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_verbspell*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
+g:vim_indent	indent.txt	/*g:vim_indent*
 g:vim_indent_cont	indent.txt	/*g:vim_indent_cont*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
 g:vimball_mkdir	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_mkdir*
@@ -7462,7 +7563,9 @@ get()	builtin.txt	/*get()*
 get-ms-debuggers	debug.txt	/*get-ms-debuggers*
 getbufinfo()	builtin.txt	/*getbufinfo()*
 getbufline()	builtin.txt	/*getbufline()*
+getbufoneline()	builtin.txt	/*getbufoneline()*
 getbufvar()	builtin.txt	/*getbufvar()*
+getcellwidths()	builtin.txt	/*getcellwidths()*
 getchangelist()	builtin.txt	/*getchangelist()*
 getchar()	builtin.txt	/*getchar()*
 getcharmod()	builtin.txt	/*getcharmod()*
@@ -7493,6 +7596,7 @@ getloclist()	builtin.txt	/*getloclist()*
 getmarklist()	builtin.txt	/*getmarklist()*
 getmatches()	builtin.txt	/*getmatches()*
 getmousepos()	builtin.txt	/*getmousepos()*
+getmouseshape()	builtin.txt	/*getmouseshape()*
 getpid()	builtin.txt	/*getpid()*
 getpos()	builtin.txt	/*getpos()*
 getqflist()	builtin.txt	/*getqflist()*
@@ -7813,6 +7917,7 @@ howto.txt	howto.txt	/*howto.txt*
 hpterm	term.txt	/*hpterm*
 hpterm-color	syntax.txt	/*hpterm-color*
 html-flavor	insert.txt	/*html-flavor*
+html-folding	syntax.txt	/*html-folding*
 html-indent	indent.txt	/*html-indent*
 html-indenting	indent.txt	/*html-indenting*
 html.vim	syntax.txt	/*html.vim*
@@ -7964,6 +8069,7 @@ if_sniff.txt	if_sniff.txt	/*if_sniff.txt*
 if_tcl.txt	if_tcl.txt	/*if_tcl.txt*
 ignore-errors	eval.txt	/*ignore-errors*
 ignore-timestamp	editing.txt	/*ignore-timestamp*
+implements	vim9class.txt	/*implements*
 import-autoload	vim9.txt	/*import-autoload*
 import-legacy	vim9.txt	/*import-legacy*
 import-map	vim9.txt	/*import-map*
@@ -8039,7 +8145,7 @@ interfaces-5.2	version5.txt	/*interfaces-5.2*
 internal-variables	eval.txt	/*internal-variables*
 internal-wordlist	spell.txt	/*internal-wordlist*
 internet	intro.txt	/*internet*
-interp-string	eval.txt	/*interp-string*
+interpolated-string	eval.txt	/*interpolated-string*
 interrupt()	builtin.txt	/*interrupt()*
 intro	intro.txt	/*intro*
 intro.txt	intro.txt	/*intro.txt*
@@ -8131,6 +8237,8 @@ keypad-plus	intro.txt	/*keypad-plus*
 keypad-point	intro.txt	/*keypad-point*
 keys()	builtin.txt	/*keys()*
 keytrans()	builtin.txt	/*keytrans()*
+kitty-keyboard-protocol	map.txt	/*kitty-keyboard-protocol*
+kitty-terminal	term.txt	/*kitty-terminal*
 known-bugs	todo.txt	/*known-bugs*
 l	motion.txt	/*l*
 l:	eval.txt	/*l:*
@@ -8408,6 +8516,8 @@ motion-count-multiplied	motion.txt	/*motion-count-multiplied*
 motion.txt	motion.txt	/*motion.txt*
 mouse-mode-table	term.txt	/*mouse-mode-table*
 mouse-overview	term.txt	/*mouse-overview*
+mouse-reporting	term.txt	/*mouse-reporting*
+mouse-scrolling-off	scroll.txt	/*mouse-scrolling-off*
 mouse-swap-buttons	term.txt	/*mouse-swap-buttons*
 mouse-using	term.txt	/*mouse-using*
 mouse_col-variable	eval.txt	/*mouse_col-variable*
@@ -8825,6 +8935,14 @@ nr2char()	builtin.txt	/*nr2char()*
 nroff.vim	syntax.txt	/*nroff.vim*
 null	vim9.txt	/*null*
 null-variable	eval.txt	/*null-variable*
+null_blob	vim9.txt	/*null_blob*
+null_channel	vim9.txt	/*null_channel*
+null_dict	vim9.txt	/*null_dict*
+null_function	vim9.txt	/*null_function*
+null_job	vim9.txt	/*null_job*
+null_list	vim9.txt	/*null_list*
+null_partial	vim9.txt	/*null_partial*
+null_string	vim9.txt	/*null_string*
 number_relativenumber	options.txt	/*number_relativenumber*
 numbered-function	eval.txt	/*numbered-function*
 numbermax-variable	eval.txt	/*numbermax-variable*
@@ -8834,6 +8952,7 @@ o	insert.txt	/*o*
 o_CTRL-V	motion.txt	/*o_CTRL-V*
 o_V	motion.txt	/*o_V*
 o_v	motion.txt	/*o_v*
+object	vim9class.txt	/*object*
 object-motions	motion.txt	/*object-motions*
 object-select	motion.txt	/*object-select*
 objects	index.txt	/*objects*
@@ -9027,6 +9146,7 @@ popup_dialog()	popup.txt	/*popup_dialog()*
 popup_dialog-example	popup.txt	/*popup_dialog-example*
 popup_filter_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_filter_menu()*
 popup_filter_yesno()	popup.txt	/*popup_filter_yesno()*
+popup_findecho()	popup.txt	/*popup_findecho()*
 popup_findinfo()	popup.txt	/*popup_findinfo()*
 popup_findpreview()	popup.txt	/*popup_findpreview()*
 popup_getoptions()	popup.txt	/*popup_getoptions()*
@@ -9173,6 +9293,7 @@ pythonx	if_pyth.txt	/*pythonx*
 pythonx-directory	if_pyth.txt	/*pythonx-directory*
 pyxeval()	builtin.txt	/*pyxeval()*
 q	repeat.txt	/*q*
+q-args-example	map.txt	/*q-args-example*
 q/	cmdline.txt	/*q\/*
 q:	cmdline.txt	/*q:*
 q?	cmdline.txt	/*q?*
@@ -9490,6 +9611,28 @@ shellescape()	builtin.txt	/*shellescape()*
 shift	intro.txt	/*shift*
 shift-left-right	change.txt	/*shift-left-right*
 shiftwidth()	builtin.txt	/*shiftwidth()*
+shm-A	options.txt	/*shm-A*
+shm-C	options.txt	/*shm-C*
+shm-F	options.txt	/*shm-F*
+shm-I	options.txt	/*shm-I*
+shm-O	options.txt	/*shm-O*
+shm-S	options.txt	/*shm-S*
+shm-T	options.txt	/*shm-T*
+shm-W	options.txt	/*shm-W*
+shm-a	options.txt	/*shm-a*
+shm-c	options.txt	/*shm-c*
+shm-f	options.txt	/*shm-f*
+shm-i	options.txt	/*shm-i*
+shm-l	options.txt	/*shm-l*
+shm-m	options.txt	/*shm-m*
+shm-n	options.txt	/*shm-n*
+shm-o	options.txt	/*shm-o*
+shm-q	options.txt	/*shm-q*
+shm-r	options.txt	/*shm-r*
+shm-s	options.txt	/*shm-s*
+shm-t	options.txt	/*shm-t*
+shm-w	options.txt	/*shm-w*
+shm-x	options.txt	/*shm-x*
 short-name-changed	version4.txt	/*short-name-changed*
 showing-menus	gui.txt	/*showing-menus*
 sign-column	sign.txt	/*sign-column*
@@ -9546,6 +9689,7 @@ spec_chglog_format	pi_spec.txt	/*spec_chglog_format*
 spec_chglog_prepend	pi_spec.txt	/*spec_chglog_prepend*
 spec_chglog_release_info	pi_spec.txt	/*spec_chglog_release_info*
 special-buffers	windows.txt	/*special-buffers*
+specifies	vim9class.txt	/*specifies*
 speed-up	tips.txt	/*speed-up*
 spell	spell.txt	/*spell*
 spell-ACCENT	spell.txt	/*spell-ACCENT*
@@ -9760,6 +9904,7 @@ swap-file	recover.txt	/*swap-file*
 swapchoice-variable	eval.txt	/*swapchoice-variable*
 swapcommand-variable	eval.txt	/*swapcommand-variable*
 swapfile-changed	version4.txt	/*swapfile-changed*
+swapfilelist()	builtin.txt	/*swapfilelist()*
 swapinfo()	builtin.txt	/*swapinfo()*
 swapname()	builtin.txt	/*swapname()*
 swapname-variable	eval.txt	/*swapname-variable*
@@ -9870,6 +10015,7 @@ t_RB	term.txt	/*t_RB*
 t_RC	term.txt	/*t_RC*
 t_RF	term.txt	/*t_RF*
 t_RI	term.txt	/*t_RI*
+t_RK	term.txt	/*t_RK*
 t_RS	term.txt	/*t_RS*
 t_RT	term.txt	/*t_RT*
 t_RV	term.txt	/*t_RV*
@@ -9890,6 +10036,7 @@ t_Us	term.txt	/*t_Us*
 t_VS	term.txt	/*t_VS*
 t_WP	term.txt	/*t_WP*
 t_WS	term.txt	/*t_WS*
+t_XM	term.txt	/*t_XM*
 t_ZH	term.txt	/*t_ZH*
 t_ZR	term.txt	/*t_ZR*
 t_al	term.txt	/*t_al*
@@ -9903,6 +10050,7 @@ t_channel-variable	eval.txt	/*t_channel-variable*
 t_ci	version4.txt	/*t_ci*
 t_cil	version4.txt	/*t_cil*
 t_cl	term.txt	/*t_cl*
+t_class-variable	eval.txt	/*t_class-variable*
 t_cm	term.txt	/*t_cm*
 t_cri	version4.txt	/*t_cri*
 t_cs	term.txt	/*t_cs*
@@ -9967,6 +10115,7 @@ t_ms	term.txt	/*t_ms*
 t_nd	term.txt	/*t_nd*
 t_none-variable	eval.txt	/*t_none-variable*
 t_number-variable	eval.txt	/*t_number-variable*
+t_object-variable	eval.txt	/*t_object-variable*
 t_op	term.txt	/*t_op*
 t_se	term.txt	/*t_se*
 t_sf1	version4.txt	/*t_sf1*
@@ -10157,6 +10306,7 @@ termdebug_popup	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_popup*
 termdebug_shortcuts	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_shortcuts*
 termdebug_use_prompt	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_use_prompt*
 termdebug_wide	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_wide*
+termdebug_winbar	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_winbar*
 terminal	terminal.txt	/*terminal*
 terminal-api	terminal.txt	/*terminal-api*
 terminal-autoshelldir	terminal.txt	/*terminal-autoshelldir*
@@ -10205,6 +10355,7 @@ test_garbagecollect_soon()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_soon()*
 test_getvalue()	testing.txt	/*test_getvalue()*
 test_gui_event()	testing.txt	/*test_gui_event()*
 test_ignore_error()	testing.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
+test_mswin_event()	testing.txt	/*test_mswin_event()*
 test_null_blob()	testing.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
 test_null_channel()	testing.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
 test_null_dict()	testing.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
@@ -10473,6 +10624,7 @@ v:t_TYPE	eval.txt	/*v:t_TYPE*
 v:t_blob	eval.txt	/*v:t_blob*
 v:t_bool	eval.txt	/*v:t_bool*
 v:t_channel	eval.txt	/*v:t_channel*
+v:t_class	eval.txt	/*v:t_class*
 v:t_dict	eval.txt	/*v:t_dict*
 v:t_float	eval.txt	/*v:t_float*
 v:t_func	eval.txt	/*v:t_func*
@@ -10480,6 +10632,7 @@ v:t_job	eval.txt	/*v:t_job*
 v:t_list	eval.txt	/*v:t_list*
 v:t_none	eval.txt	/*v:t_none*
 v:t_number	eval.txt	/*v:t_number*
+v:t_object	eval.txt	/*v:t_object*
 v:t_string	eval.txt	/*v:t_string*
 v:termblinkresp	eval.txt	/*v:termblinkresp*
 v:termrbgresp	eval.txt	/*v:termrbgresp*
@@ -10733,6 +10886,7 @@ vim9-unpack-ignore	vim9.txt	/*vim9-unpack-ignore*
 vim9-user-command	vim9.txt	/*vim9-user-command*
 vim9-variable-arguments	vim9.txt	/*vim9-variable-arguments*
 vim9.txt	vim9.txt	/*vim9.txt*
+vim9class.txt	vim9class.txt	/*vim9class.txt*
 vim9script	vim9.txt	/*vim9script*
 vim:	options.txt	/*vim:*
 vim_announce	intro.txt	/*vim_announce*
@@ -10824,11 +10978,14 @@ w:quickfix_title	quickfix.txt	/*w:quickfix_title*
 w:var	eval.txt	/*w:var*
 waittime	channel.txt	/*waittime*
 warningmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*warningmsg-variable*
+wdl-syntax	syntax.txt	/*wdl-syntax*
+wdl.vim	syntax.txt	/*wdl.vim*
 white-space	pattern.txt	/*white-space*
 whitespace	pattern.txt	/*whitespace*
 wildcard	editing.txt	/*wildcard*
 wildcards	editing.txt	/*wildcards*
 wildmenumode()	builtin.txt	/*wildmenumode()*
+win-scrolled-resized	windows.txt	/*win-scrolled-resized*
 win16	os_win32.txt	/*win16*
 win32	os_win32.txt	/*win32*
 win32-!start	gui_w32.txt	/*win32-!start*
@@ -10957,6 +11114,7 @@ xterm-cursor-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-cursor-keys*
 xterm-end-home-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-end-home-keys*
 xterm-focus-event	term.txt	/*xterm-focus-event*
 xterm-function-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-function-keys*
+xterm-kitty	term.txt	/*xterm-kitty*
 xterm-modifier-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-modifier-keys*
 xterm-mouse	options.txt	/*xterm-mouse*
 xterm-mouse-wheel	scroll.txt	/*xterm-mouse-wheel*
@@ -10965,6 +11123,7 @@ xterm-save-screen	tips.txt	/*xterm-save-screen*
 xterm-screens	tips.txt	/*xterm-screens*
 xterm-scroll-region	term.txt	/*xterm-scroll-region*
 xterm-shifted-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-shifted-keys*
+xterm-terminfo-entries	term.txt	/*xterm-terminfo-entries*
 xterm-true-color	term.txt	/*xterm-true-color*
 y	change.txt	/*y*
 yaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*yaml.vim*
@@ -11061,6 +11220,8 @@ zz	scroll.txt	/*zz*
 {rhs}	map.txt	/*{rhs}*
 {server}	remote.txt	/*{server}*
 {subject}	helphelp.txt	/*{subject}*
+{{{	fold.txt	/*{{{*
 {}	intro.txt	/*{}*
 }	motion.txt	/*}*
+}}}	fold.txt	/*}}}*
 ~	change.txt	/*~*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 23
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -88,7 +88,13 @@ Output resumes when you hit <BS>.
 
 Note: When 't_ti' is not empty, Vim assumes that it causes switching to the
 alternate screen.  This may slightly change what happens when executing a
-shell command or exiting Vim.  To avoid this use 't_TI' and 't_TE'.
+shell command or exiting Vim.  To avoid this use 't_TI' and 't_TE' (but make
+sure to add to them, not overwrite).
+
+Vim will try to detect what keyboard protocol the terminal is using with the
+'t_RK' termcap entry.  This is sent after 't_TI', but only when there is no
+work to do (no typeahead and no pending commands).  That is to avoid the
+response to end up in a shell command or arrive after Vim exits.
 
 						*xterm-bracketed-paste*
 When the 't_BE' option is set then 't_BE' will be sent to the
@@ -112,6 +118,10 @@ have a problem with this, disable bracketed paste by putting this in your
 If this is done while Vim is running the 't_BD' will be sent to the terminal
 to disable bracketed paste.
 
+If |t_PS| or |t_PE| is not set, then |t_BE| will not be used.  This is to make
+sure that bracketed paste is not enabled when the escape codes surrounding
+pasted text cannot be recognized.
+
 If your terminal supports bracketed paste, but the options are not set
 automatically, you can try using something like this: >
 
@@ -121,7 +131,11 @@ automatically, you can try using something like this: >
 	  exec "set t_PS=\e[200~"
 	  exec "set t_PE=\e[201~"
 	endif
-<
+
+The terminfo entries "BE", "BD", "PS" and "PE" were added in ncurses version
+6.4, early 2023, for some terminals.  If you have this version then you may
+not have to manually configure your terminal.
+
 							*tmux-integration*
 If you experience issues when running Vim inside tmux, here are a few hints.
 You can comment-out parts if something doesn't work (it may depend on the
@@ -289,6 +303,58 @@ When Vim receives a response to the |t_RV| (request version) sequence and it
 starts with CSI, it assumes that the terminal is in 8-bit mode and will
 convert all key sequences to their 8-bit variants.
 
+						*xterm-terminfo-entries*
+For some time the terminfo entries were insufficient to describe all the
+features tht Vim can use.  The builtin xterm termcap entries did have these,
+with the result that several terminals that were similar enough to xterm took
+advantage of these by prefixing "xterm-" to the terminal name in $TERM.
+
+This leads to problems, because quite often these terminals are not 100%
+compatible with xterm.  At the start of 2023 several entries have been added
+to the terminfo database to make it possible to use these features without
+using the "xterm" workaround.  These are the relevant entries (so far):
+
+	name	xterm value	description ~
+	RV	"\033[>c"	Request version |t_RV|
+
+	BE	"\033[?2004h"	enable bracketed paste mode |t_BE|
+	BD	"\033[?2004l"	disable bracketed paste mode |t_BD|
+	PS	"\033[200~"	pasted text start |t_PS|
+	PE	"\033[201~"	pasted text end |t_PE|
+
+	XM	"\033[?1006;1004;1000%?%p1%{1}%=%th%el%;"
+				mouse enable / disable |t_XM|
+
+The "XM" entry includes "1006" to enable SGR style mouse reporting.  This
+supports columns above 223.  It also includes "1004" which enables focus
+reporting.  The t_fe and t_fd entries can be left empty (they don't have
+entries in terminfo/termcap anyway).
+
+						*xterm-kitty* *kitty-terminal*
+The Kitty terminal is a special case.  Mainly because it works differently
+from most other terminals, but also because, instead of trying the fit in and
+make it behave like other terminals by default, it dictates how applications
+need to work when using Kitty.  This makes it very difficult for Vim to work
+in a Kitty terminal.  Some exceptions have been hard coded, but it is not at
+all nice to have to make exceptions for one specific terminal.
+
+One of the problems is that the value for $TERM is set to "xterm-kitty".  For
+Vim this is an indication that the terminal is xterm-compatible and the
+builtin xterm termcap entries should be used.  Many other terminals depend on
+this.  However, Kitty is not fully xterm compatible.  The author suggested to
+ignore the "xterm-" prefix and use the terminfo entry anyway, so that is what
+happens now, the builtin xterm termcap entries are not used.  However, the
+t_RV is set, otherwise other things would not work, such as automatically
+setting 'ttymouse' to "sgr" (at least until |t_XM| is being used for this).
+
+It is not clear why kitty sets $TERM to "xterm-kitty", the terminal isn't
+really xterm compatible.  "kitty" would be more appropriate, but a terminfo
+entry with that name is not widespread.
+
+Note that using the kitty keyboard protocol is a separate feature, see
+|kitty-keyboard-protocol|.
+
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Terminal options		*terminal-options* *termcap-options* *E436*
 
@@ -388,6 +454,10 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		xterm and other terminal emulators)  The
 		response is stored in |v:termresponse| |xterm-8bit|
 		|'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+	t_XM	enable/disable mouse reporting,			*t_XM* *'t_XM'*
+		see |mouse-reporting| below
+	t_RK	request terminal keyboard protocol state;	*t_RK* *'t_RK'*
+		sent after |t_TI|
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
 		see |'ambiwidth'|
 		The response is stored in |v:termu7resp|
@@ -416,10 +486,10 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_Si	save icon text to stack				*t_Si* *'t_Si'*
 	t_Ri	restore icon text from stack			*t_Ri* *'t_Ri'*
 	t_TE	end of "raw" mode				*t_TE* *'t_TE'*
-	t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode 			*t_TI* *'t_TI'*
-	t_fe	enable focus-event tracking 			*t_fe* *'t_fe'*
+	t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode			*t_TI* *'t_TI'*
+	t_fe	enable focus-event tracking			*t_fe* *'t_fe'*
 		|xterm-focus-event|
-	t_fd	disable focus-event tracking 			*t_fd* *'t_fd'*
+	t_fd	disable focus-event tracking			*t_fd* *'t_fd'*
 		|xterm-focus-event|
 
 Some codes have a start, middle and end part.  The start and end are defined
@@ -429,8 +499,8 @@ by the termcap option, the middle part is text.
 	set cursor color:   t_SC  {color name}  t_EC
 
 t_SH must take one argument:
-	0, 1 or none  	blinking block cursor
-	2	      	block cursor
+	0, 1 or none	blinking block cursor
+	2		block cursor
 	3		blinking underline cursor
 	4		underline cursor
 	5		blinking vertical bar cursor
@@ -439,6 +509,21 @@ t_SH must take one argument:
 t_RS is sent only if the response to t_RV has been received.  It is not used
 on Mac OS when Terminal.app could be recognized from the termresponse.
 
+							*mouse-reporting*
+Many terminals can report mouse clicks and some can report mouse movement and
+dragging.  Vim needs to know what codes are being used for this.
+
+The "XM" terminfo/termcap entry is used for this.  Vim also has the 'ttymouse'
+option to specify the mouse protocol being used.  See the option for the
+possible values.
+
+If Vim can read the "XM" terminfo/termcap entry then it will be used for
+enabling and disabling the mouse reporting.  If it is missing, then the value
+from 'ttymouse' is used to decide how to do this.
+
+If the "XM" entry exists and the first number is "1006" then 'ttymouse' will
+be set to "sgr", unless it was already set earlier.
+
 
 KEY CODES						*terminal-key-codes*
 Note: Use the <> form if possible
@@ -499,6 +584,7 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_%1	<Help>		help key			*t_%1* *'t_%1'*
 	t_&8	<Undo>		undo key			*t_&8* *'t_&8'*
 	t_kI	<Insert>	insert key			*t_kI* *'t_kI'*
+		<kInsert>	keypad insert key
 	t_kD	<Del>		delete key			*t_kD* *'t_kD'*
 	t_kb	<BS>		backspace key			*t_kb* *'t_kb'*
 	t_kB	<S-Tab>		back-tab (shift-tab)  *<S-Tab>*	*t_kB* *'t_kB'*
@@ -531,9 +617,13 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_KK	<k8>		keypad 8		 *<k8>*	*t_KK* *'t_KK'*
 	t_KL	<k9>		keypad 9		 *<k9>*	*t_KL* *'t_KL'*
 		<Mouse>		leader of mouse code		*<Mouse>*
-								*t_PS* *'t_PS'*
-	t_PS	start of bracketed paste |xterm-bracketed-paste|
-	t_PE	end of bracketed paste |xterm-bracketed-paste|  *t_PE* *'t_PE'*
+
+	t_PS	<PasteStart>	start of bracketed paste	*t_PS* *'t_PS'*
+				|xterm-bracketed-paste|
+	t_PE	<PasteEnd>	end of bracketed paste		*t_PE* *'t_PE'*
+				|xterm-bracketed-paste|
+		<FocusGained>	Vim window got focus (internal only)
+		<FocusLost>	Vim window lost focus (internal only)
 
 Note about t_so and t_mr: When the termcap entry "so" is not present the
 entry for "mr" is used.  And vice versa.  The same is done for "se" and "me".
@@ -569,15 +659,18 @@ anymore.
 Vim supports using true colors in the terminal (taken from |highlight-guifg|
 and |highlight-guibg|), given that the terminal supports this. To make this
 work the 'termguicolors' option needs to be set.
-See https://gist.github.com/XVilka/8346728 for a list of terminals that
+See https://github.com/termstandard/colors for a list of terminals that
 support true colors.
 
-Sometimes setting 'termguicolors' is not enough and one has to set the |t_8f|
-and |t_8b| options explicitly. Default values of these options are
-"^[[38;2;%lu;%lu;%lum" and "^[[48;2;%lu;%lu;%lum" respectively, but it is only
-set when `$TERM` is `xterm`. Some terminals accept the same sequences, but
-with all semicolons replaced by colons (this is actually more compatible, but
-less widely supported): >
+For telling the terminal what RGB color to use the |t_8f| and |t_8b| termcap
+entries are used.  These are set by default to values that work for most
+terminals.  If that does not work for your terminal you can set them manually.
+The default values are set like this: >
+	 let &t_8f = "\<Esc>[38;2;%lu;%lu;%lum"
+	 let &t_8b = "\<Esc>[48;2;%lu;%lu;%lum"
+
+Some terminals accept the same sequences, but with all semicolons replaced by
+colons (this is actually more compatible, but less widely supported): >
 	 let &t_8f = "\<Esc>[38:2:%lu:%lu:%lum"
 	 let &t_8b = "\<Esc>[48:2:%lu:%lu:%lum"
 
@@ -595,7 +688,7 @@ is actually the case.
 To overrule the default, put this line in your ~/.Xdefaults or
 ~/.Xresources:
 >
-	XTerm*allowWindowOps: 		true
+	XTerm*allowWindowOps:		true
 
 And run "xrdb -merge .Xresources" to make it effective.  You can check the
 value with the context menu (right mouse button while CTRL key is pressed),
@@ -768,8 +861,9 @@ See the "Options" chapter |options|.
 
 If your terminal does not support a scrolling region, but it does support
 insert/delete line commands, scrolling with multiple windows may make the
-lines jump up and down.  If you don't want this set the 'ttyfast' option.
-This will redraw the window instead of scroll it.
+lines jump up and down.  This would happen if the 'ttyfast' option has been
+reset.  Check that with: >
+	verbose set ttyfast?
 
 If your terminal scrolls very slowly, but redrawing is not slow, set the
 'ttyscroll' option to a small number, e.g., 3.  This will make Vim redraw the
@@ -1005,6 +1099,8 @@ and then drag) will result in whole words to be selected.  This continues
 until the button is released, at which point the selection is per character
 again.
 
+For scrolling with the mouse see |scroll-mouse-wheel|.
+
 							*gpm-mouse*
 The GPM mouse is only supported when the |+mouse_gpm| feature was enabled at
 compile time.  The GPM mouse driver (Linux console) does not support quadruple

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 09
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -288,9 +288,8 @@ way to kill or interrupt the job.  For example: >
 
 So long as the job is running the window behaves like it contains a modified
 buffer.  Trying to close the window with `CTRL-W :quit` fails.  When using
-`CTRL-W :quit!` the job is ended.  The text in the window is lost.  The buffer
-still exists, but getting it in a window with `:buffer` will show an empty
-buffer.
+`CTRL-W :quit!` the job is ended.  The text in the window is lost, the buffer
+is deleted.  With `CTRL-W :bunload!` the buffer remains but will be empty.
 
 Trying to close the window with `CTRL-W :close` also fails.   Using
 `CTRL-W :close!` will close the window and make the buffer hidden.
@@ -470,7 +469,6 @@ ConPTY problems have been fixed "winpty" will be preferred.
 Environment variables are used to pass information to the running job:
     VIM_SERVERNAME	v:servername
 
-
 ==============================================================================
 2. Terminal functions				 *terminal-function-details*
 
@@ -1130,7 +1128,6 @@ reference: >
 
 Creating a screen dump ~
 							*terminal-screendump*
-
 To create the screen dump, run Vim (or any other program) in a terminal and
 make it show the desired state.  Then use the |term_dumpwrite()| function to
 create a screen dump file.  For example: >
@@ -1154,7 +1151,6 @@ If there are differences then v:errors will contain the error message.
 
 Comparing screen dumps ~
 						*terminal-diffscreendump*
-
 |assert_equalfile()| does not make it easy to see what is different.
 To spot the problem use |term_dumpdiff()|: >
 	call term_dumpdiff("mysyntax.dump", "test.dump")
@@ -1351,6 +1347,7 @@ If 'mouse' is set the plugin adds a window toolbar with these entries:
   Eval		`:Evaluate`
 This way you can use the mouse to perform the most common commands.  You need
 to have the 'mouse' option set to enable mouse clicks.
+See |termdebug_winbar| for configuring this toolbar.
 								*:Winbar*
 You can add the window toolbar in other windows you open with: >
   :Winbar
@@ -1416,6 +1413,20 @@ TermdebugStopPost		After debugging has ended, gdb-related windows
 				the state before the debugging was restored.
 
 
+Customizing ~
+				*termdebug-customizing* *g:termdebug_config*
+In the past several global variables were used for configuration.  These are
+deprecated and using the g:termdebug_config dictionary is preferred.  When
+g:termdebug_config exists the other global variables will NOT be used.
+The recommended way is to start with an empty dictionary: >
+	let g:termdebug_config = {}
+
+Then you can add entries to the dictionary as mentioned below.  The
+deprecated global variable names are mentioned for completeness.  If you are
+switching over to using g:termdebug_config you can find the old variable name
+and take over the value, then delete the deprecated variable.
+
+
 Prompt mode ~
 						*termdebug-prompt*
 When the |+terminal| feature is not supported and on MS-Windows, gdb will run
@@ -1431,13 +1442,13 @@ in a buffer with 'buftype' set to "prompt".  This works slightly differently:
 						*termdebug_use_prompt*
 Prompt mode can be used even when the |+terminal| feature is present with: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['use_prompt'] = 1
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_use_prompt = 1
 <
 						*termdebug_map_K*
 The K key is normally mapped to :Evaluate. If you do not want this use: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['map_K'] = 0
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_map_K = 0
 <
 						*termdebug_disasm_window*
@@ -1445,7 +1456,7 @@ If you want the Asm window shown by default, set the flag to 1.
 the "disasm_window_height" entry can be used to set the window height: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['disasm_window'] = 1
 	let g:termdebug_config['disasm_window_height'] = 15
-or, if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_disasm_window = 15
 Any value greater than 1 will set the Asm window height to that value.
 
@@ -1463,25 +1474,18 @@ interrupt the running program.  But after using the MI command
 communication channel.
 
 
-Customizing ~
-				*termdebug-customizing* *g:termdebug_config*
-In the past several global variables were used for configuration.  These are
-deprecated, using the g:termdebug_config dictionary is preferred.  When
-g:termdebug_config exists the other global variables will not be used.
-
-
 GDB command ~
 							*g:termdebugger*
 To change the name of the gdb command, set "debugger" entry in
 g:termdebug_config or the "g:termdebugger" variable before invoking
 `:Termdebug`: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['command'] = "mygdb"
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebugger = "mygdb"
 
 If the command needs an argument use a List: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['command'] = ['rr', 'replay', '--']
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebugger = ['rr', 'replay', '--']
 
 Several arguments will be added to make gdb work well for the debugger.
@@ -1502,7 +1506,7 @@ Then your gdb is too old.
 
 
 Colors ~
-						*hl-debugPC* *hl-debugBreakpoint*
+					*hl-debugPC* *hl-debugBreakpoint*
 The color of the signs can be adjusted with these highlight groups:
 - debugPC		the current position
 - debugBreakpoint	a breakpoint
@@ -1518,7 +1522,6 @@ When 'background' is "dark":
 
 Shortcuts ~
 							*termdebug_shortcuts*
-
 You can define your own shortcuts (mappings) to control gdb, that can work in
 any window, using the TermDebugSendCommand() function.  Example: >
 	map ,w :call TermDebugSendCommand('where')<CR>
@@ -1527,7 +1530,6 @@ The argument is the gdb command.
 
 Popup menu ~
 							*termdebug_popup*
-
 By default the Termdebug plugin sets 'mousemodel' to "popup_setpos" and adds
 these entries to the popup menu:
 	Set breakpoint		`:Break`
@@ -1535,17 +1537,23 @@ these entries to the popup menu:
 	Evaluate		`:Evaluate`
 If you don't want this then disable it with: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['popup'] = 0
-or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_popup = 0
 
 
+Window toolbar ~
+							*termdebug_winbar*
+By default the Termdebug plugin creates a window toolbar if the mouse is
+enabled (see |:Winbar|).  If you don't want this then disable it with: >
+	let g:termdebug_config['winbar'] = 0
+
+
 Vim window width ~
 							*termdebug_wide*
-
 To change the width of the Vim window when debugging starts and use a vertical
 split: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['wide'] = 163
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_wide = 163
 
 This will set 'columns' to 163 when `:Termdebug` is used.  The value is

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 16
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		    "findrepl"  search and replace text.
 		    "mouse"	mouse button click event.
 		    "scrollbar" move or drag the scrollbar.
-		    "sendevent" send a low-level GUI event.
+		    "key"	send a low-level keyboard event.
 		    "tabline"	select a tab page by mouse click.
 		    "tabmenu"	select a tabline menu entry.
 
@@ -135,9 +135,9 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		  Inject either a mouse button click, or a mouse move, event.
 		  The supported items in {args} are:
 		    button:	mouse button.  The supported values are:
-				    0	right mouse button
+				    0	left mouse button
 				    1	middle mouse button
-				    2	left mouse button
+				    2	right mouse button
 				    3	mouse button release
 				    4	scroll wheel down
 				    5	scroll wheel up
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		    dragging:	1 to drag the scrollbar and 0 to click in the
 				scrollbar.
 
-		"sendevent":
-		  Send a low-level GUI event (e.g. key-up or down).
+		"key":
+		  Send a low-level keyboard event (e.g. key-up or down).
 		  Currently only supported on MS-Windows.
 		  The supported items in {args} are:
 		    event:	The supported string values are:
@@ -224,6 +224,77 @@ test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
 			GetErrorText()->test_ignore_error()
 
 
+test_mswin_event({event}, {args})		*test_mswin_event()*
+		Generate a low-level MS-Windows {event} with arguments {args}
+		for testing Vim functionality.  It works for MS-Windows GUI
+		and for the console.
+
+		{event} is a String and the supported values are:
+		    "mouse"	mouse event.
+		    "key"	keyboard event.
+
+		"mouse":
+		  Inject either a mouse button click, or a mouse move, event.
+		  The supported items in {args} are:
+		    button:	mouse button.  The supported values are:
+				    0	right mouse button
+				    1	middle mouse button
+				    2	left mouse button
+				    3	mouse button release
+				    4	scroll wheel down
+				    5	scroll wheel up
+				    6	scroll wheel left
+				    7	scroll wheel right
+		    row:	mouse click row number.  The first row of the
+				Vim window is 1 and the last row is 'lines'.
+		    col:	mouse click column number.  The maximum value
+				of {col} is 'columns'.
+				Note: row and col are always interpreted as
+				screen cells for the console application.
+				But, they may be interpreted as pixels
+				for the GUI, depending on "cell".
+		    multiclick:	set to 1 to inject a double-click mouse event.
+		    modifiers:	key modifiers.  The supported values are:
+				    4	shift is pressed
+				    8	alt is pressed
+				   16	ctrl is pressed
+		    move:	Optional; if used and TRUE then a mouse move
+			        event can be generated.
+				Only {args} row: and col: are used and
+				required.
+				Only results in an event when 'mousemoveevent'
+				is set or a popup uses mouse move events.
+		    cell:	Optional for the GUI: when present and TRUE
+				then "move" uses screen cells instead of pixel
+				positions.  Not used by the console.
+
+		"key":
+		  Send a low-level keyboard event (e.g. keyup or keydown).
+		  The supported items in {args} are:
+		    event:	The supported string values are:
+				    keyup   generate a keyup event
+				    keydown generate a keydown event
+		    keycode:	Keycode to use for a keyup or a keydown event.
+		    modifiers:	Optional; key modifiers.
+				The supported values are:
+				    2	shift is pressed
+				    4	ctrl is pressed
+				    8	alt is pressed
+				Note: These values are different from the
+				mouse modifiers.
+		    execute:	Optional. Similar to |feedkeys()| mode x.
+				When this is included and set to true
+				(non-zero) then Vim will process any buffered
+				unprocessed key events.  All other {args}
+				items are optional when this is set and true.
+
+		Returns TRUE if the event is successfully added or executed,
+		FALSE if there is a failure.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetEvent()->test_mswin_event({args})
+<
+
 test_null_blob()					*test_null_blob()*
 		Return a |Blob| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 17
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ prop_type_list([{props}])		get list of property types
 Manipulating text properties:
 
 prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})  	add a text property
-prop_add_list({props}, [[{lnum}, {col}, {end-lnum}, {end-col}], ...])
+prop_add_list({props}, [{item}, ...])
 					add a text property at multiple
 					positions.
 prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {bufnr}]])
@@ -143,10 +143,12 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 				automatically to a negative number; otherwise
 				zero is used
 							*E1305*
-		   text		text to be displayed before {col}, or after the
-				line if {col} is zero; prepend and/or append
-				spaces for padding with highlighting; cannot
-				be used with "length", "end_lnum" and "end_col"
+		   text		text to be displayed before {col}, or
+				above/below the line if {col} is zero; prepend
+				and/or append spaces for padding with
+				highlighting; cannot be used with "length",
+				"end_lnum" and "end_col"
+				See |virtual-text| for more information.
 		   					*E1294*
 		   text_align	when "text" is present and {col} is zero;
 				specifies where to display the text:
@@ -171,6 +173,9 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 				   wrap      wrap the text to the next line
 				   truncate  truncate the text to make it fit
 		   		When omitted "truncate" is used.
+				Note that this applies to the individual text
+				property, the 'wrap' option sets the overall
+				behavior
 		All fields except "type" are optional.
 
 		It is an error when both "length" and "end_lnum" or "end_col"
@@ -191,12 +196,23 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 		If not found an error is given.
 							*virtual-text*
 		When "text" is used and the column is non-zero then this text
-		will be displayed at the start location of the text property
-		after the text.  The text of the buffer line will be shifted
-		to make room.  This is called "virtual text".
-		When the column is zero the virtual text will appear after the
-		buffer text.  The "text_align" and "text_wrap" arguments
-		determine how it is displayed.
+		will be displayed at the specified start location of the text
+		property.  The text of the buffer line will be shifted to make
+		room.  This is called "virtual text".
+		When the column is zero the virtual text will appear above,
+		after or below the buffer text.  The "text_align" and
+		"text_wrap" arguments determine how it is displayed.
+		To separate the virtual text from the buffer text prepend
+		and/or append spaces to the "text" field or use the
+		"text_padding_left" value.
+
+		Make sure to use a highlight that makes clear to the user that
+		this is virtual text, otherwise it will be very confusing that
+		the text cannot be edited.  When using "above" you need to
+		make clear this text belongs to the text line below it, when
+		using "below" you need to make sure it belongs to the text
+		line above it.
+
 		The text will be displayed but it is not part of the actual
 		buffer line, the cursor cannot be placed on it.  A mouse click
 		in the text will move the cursor to the first character after
@@ -204,21 +220,22 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 		Any Tab and other control character in the text will be
 		changed to a space (Rationale: otherwise the size of the text
 		is difficult to compute).
-		A negative "id" will be chosen and is returned.  Once a
-		property with "text" has been added for a buffer then using a
-		negative "id" for any other property will give an error:
-		*E1293*
-		Make sure to use a highlight that makes clear to the user that
-		this is virtual text, otherwise it will be very confusing that
-		the text cannot be edited.
-		To separate the virtual text from the buffer text prepend
-		and/or append spaces to the "text" field.
+		A negative "id" will be chosen and is returned.
+
+		Before text properties with text were supported it was
+		possible to use a negative "id", even though this was very
+		rare.  Now that negative "id"s are reserved for text
+		properties with text an error is given when using a negative
+		"id".  When a text property with text already exists using a
+		negative "id" results in *E1293* .  If a negative "id" was
+		used and later a text property with text is added results in
+		*E1339* .
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_add(col, props)
 <
 						*prop_add_list()*
-prop_add_list({props}, [[{lnum}, {col}, {end-lnum}, {end-col}], ...])
+prop_add_list({props}, [{item}, ...])
 		Similar to prop_add(), but attaches a text property at
 		multiple positions in a buffer.
 
@@ -230,22 +247,28 @@ prop_add_list({props}, [[{lnum}, {col}, {end-lnum}, {end-col}], ...])
 		   type		name of the text property type
 		All fields except "type" are optional.
 
-		The second argument is a List of Lists where each list
-		specifies the starting and ending position of the text.  The
-		first two items {lnum} and {col} specify the starting position
-		of the text where the property will be attached and the last
-		two items {end-lnum} and {end-col} specify the position just
-		after the text.
+		The second argument is a List of items, where each {item} is a
+		list that specifies the starting and ending position of the
+		text: [{lnum}, {col}, {end-lnum}, {end-col}]
+		or:   [{lnum}, {col}, {end-lnum}, {end-col}, {id}]
+
+		The first two items {lnum} and {col} specify the starting
+		position of the text where the property will be attached.
+		The next two items {end-lnum} and {end-col} specify the
+		position just after the text.
+		An optional fifth item {id} can be used to give a different ID
+		to a property.  When omitted the ID from {props} is used,
+		falling back to zero if none are present.
 
 		It is not possible to add a text property with a "text" field
 		here.
 
-		Example:
+		Example: >
 			call prop_add_list(#{type: 'MyProp', id: 2},
 					\ [[1, 4, 1, 7],
 					\  [1, 15, 1, 20],
 					\  [2, 30, 3, 30]]
-
+<
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetProp()->prop_add_list([[1, 1, 1, 2], [1, 4, 1, 8]])
 

runtime/doc/tips.txt

@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ the current window, try this custom `:HelpCurwin` command:
 >
 	command -bar -nargs=? -complete=help HelpCurwin execute s:HelpCurwin(<q-args>)
 	let s:did_open_help = v:false
-	
+
 	function s:HelpCurwin(subject) abort
 	  let mods = 'silent noautocmd keepalt'
 	  if !s:did_open_help

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 18
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,83 +38,122 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Closure created in for loop can use loop variable?  #11094
-    Nested loops do not work correctly yet.
-    Would need to save vars for each block separately.
+Errors when running tests with valgrind:
+- test_codestyle.vim:  e.g.:
+    command line..script /home/mool/vim/vim90/src/testdir/runtest.vim[569]..function RunTheTest[52]..Test_test_files line 6: keycode_check.vim: space before tab: Expected 0 but got 7
+    command line..script /home/mool/vim/vim90/src/testdir/runtest.vim[569]..function RunTheTest[52]..Test_test_files line 10: setup.vim: trailing white space: Expected 0 but got 23
+- test_gui.vim:
+    Found errors in Test_gui_mouse_event():
 
-Virtual text:
-- Virtual text below: padding is highlighted when 'number' is set  #11138
-- Virtual text above: do not highlight until end of line?  #11138
-- 'number' should be below "above" virtual text?  Might be difficult to
-  implement.
-- Add highlight for the gap before/after virtual text above/below?
-- option to hide virtual text?
+Upcoming larger works:
+- Make spell checking work with recent .dic/.aff files, e.g. French.  #4916
+    Make Vim understand the format somehow?   Search for "spell" below.
+    Make sure suggestions are speedy, also with composed words (German).
+- Discuss alternatives for using other grammars (treesitter, TextMate).
+   - Possibly conversion to Vim syntax rules.
+   - Other mechanism than group and cluster to nest syntax items, to be used
+     for grammars.
+   - Possibly keeping the parsed syntax tree and incremental updates.
+   - tree-sitter doesn't handle incorrect syntax (while typing) properly.
+   - Make clear how it relates to LSP.
+   - example plugin: https://github.com/uga-rosa/dps-vsctm.vim
 
-Fail with valgrind: test_edit
-Found errors in Test_edit_insertmode_ex_edit():
-        Run 1, 01:19:51 - 01:20:01:
-        command line..script /home/mool/vim/vim90/src/testdir/runtest.vim[469]..function RunTheTest[44]..Test_edit_insertmode_ex_edit[13]..WaitForAssert[2]..<SNR>6_WaitForCommon[11]..<lambda>4 line 1: Pattern '^-- INSERT --\\s*$' does not match ''
-
-From test_global
-        Found errors in Test_interrupt_global():
-        Run 1, 02:16:22 - 02:16:27:
-        command line..script /home/mool/vim/vim90/src/testdir/runtest.vim[469]..function RunTheTest[44]..Test_interrupt_global[13]..WaitForAssert[2]..<SNR>7_WaitForCommon[11]..<lambda>20 line 1: Pattern 'Interrupted' does not match 'Type  :qa!  and press...l changes and exit Vim           1,1           All'
-        command line..script /home/mool/vim/vim90/src/testdir/runtest.vim[469]..function RunTheTest[44]..Test_interrupt_global[20]..WaitForAssert[2]..<SNR>7_WaitForCommon[11]..<lambda>21 line 1: Pattern 'Interrupted' does not match 'Entering Ex mode.  Type "visual" to go to Normal mode.'
-
-test_terminal3:
-Conditional jump or move depends on uninitialised value(s)
-==2819005==    at 0x2E9134: jump_to_mouse (mouse.c:2015)
-==2819005==    by 0x2E69E6: do_mouse (mouse.c:702)
-==2819005==    by 0x2E95C2: nv_mouse (mouse.c:2166)
-
-option_set():  "get a bit too much"
-    - refactor to separate function
-    - check for empty result
-
-Use :defer command:
-    - Use "D" flag of writefile() and mkdir() in tests.
-	(testdir/test_c*.vim done)
-
-When using :echomessage do use msg_row and msg_col, but save and restore.
-How to test any failure?  If nothing fails perhaps it's OK alrady.
-
-New Vim indent script: #11079  Not done yet.
 
 Further Vim9 improvements, possibly after launch:
-- Use Vim9 for more runtime files.
-- Check performance with callgrind and kcachegrind.
-    getline()/substitute()/setline() in #5632
-- Better implementation for partial and tests for that.
-- when using "const" mark the variable type as const with TTFLAG_CONST, so
-  that an error is given at compile time when trying to change it.  E.g. for a
-  const list and trying to call add().
-- Compile options that are an expression, e.g. "expr:" in 'spellsuggest',
-  'foldexpr', 'foldtext', 'printexpr', 'diffexpr', 'patchexpr', 'charconvert',
-  'balloonexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'formatexpr'.
-  Give an error if compilation fails. (#7625)
-  Alternatively: Detect a compiled function call and skip the expression
-  evaluation.
-  Use the location where the option was set for deciding whether it's to be
-  evaluated in Vim9 script context.
+- implement :class and :interface: See |vim9-classes
+  - Change access: public by default, private by prefixing "_".
+	Check for error: can't have same name twice (ignoring "_" prefix).
+  - Private methods?
+	either: private def Func()
+	    or: def _Func()
+    Perhaps use "private" keyword instead of "_" prefix?
+  - "final" object members - can only be set in the constructor.
+  - object empty(), len() - can class define a method to be used for them?
+  - how about lock/unlock?
+  - When checking "implements" also check types of members and function args.
+  - For chaining, allow using the class name as type for function return
+    value.
+  - Implement generics
+  - Add "instanceof"
+  - More efficient way for interface member index than iterating over list?
+  - a variant of type() that returns a different type for each class?
+      list<number> and list<string> should also differ.
+  - Issue #11822: any.Func() can be a dict or an object call, need to handle
+    this at runtime.
 - implement :type
 - implement :enum
-- implement :class and :interface: See |vim9-classes|
-- For range: make table of first ASCII character with flag to quickly check if
-  it can be a Vim9 command. E.g. "+" can, but "." can't.
+- class local to a function
+- Use Vim9 for more runtime files.
 - Inline call to map() and filter(), better type checking.
-- Make accessing varargs faster: arg[expr]
-	EVAL expr
-	LOADVARARG (varargs idx)
 - When evaluating constants for script variables, some functions could work:
     has(featureName), len(someString)
 - Implement as part of an expression: ++expr, --expr, expr++, expr--.
 
+Information missing in terminfo:
+- t_RV	request terminal version string; xterm:	"\033[>c"
+    change in terminfo for "RV" uses the wrong escape sequence 7 - 14 Jan only
+Codes used for focus gained and lost (currently using use_xterm_like_mouse())
+  termcodes are hard-coded in set_termname(), not named.
+    Use the XF flag?  enables recognizing the focus in/out events.
+    Check if t_fe is not empty.
+    Check for "1004" in t_XM. (disadvantage: only focus events when mouse is
+    used)
+- t_fe	enable focus-event tracking
+- t_fd	disable focus-event tracking
+Modifiers for various keys
+- Decode kitty key protocol Meta and use MOD_MASK_META.  Document <T-k>
+- flag to indicate "xterm compatible modifiers" ?
+Underline and similar:
+- t_AU - Set underline color: like "AF" and "AB" entries.
+- t_Ce	undercurl and underline end
+- t_Cs	undercurl (curly underline) mode
+- t_Us	double underline mode
+- t_ds	dotted underline mode
+- t_Ds	dashed underline mode
+- t_Te	strikethrough end
+- t_Ts	strikethrough mode
+Cursor codes: |termcap-cursor-shape|
+- t_RC	request terminal cursor blinking
+- t_RS	request terminal cursor style
+- t_VS	cursor normally visible (no blink)
+- t_SI	start insert mode (bar cursor shape)
+- t_SR	start replace mode (underline cursor shape)
+- t_EI	end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape)
+- t_SC	set cursor color start
+- t_EC	set cursor color end
+- t_SH	set cursor shape
+State requests:
+- t_RF	request terminal foreground color
+- t_RB	request terminal background color
+Less important (not needed for regular editing):
+- t_IS	set icon text start
+- t_IE	set icon text end
+- t_ST	save window title to stack
+- t_RT	restore window title from stack
+- t_Si	save icon text to stack
+- t_Ri	restore icon text from stack
+- t_WP	set window position (Y, X) in pixels
+- t_GP	get window position (Y, X) in pixels
+- t_WS	set window size (height, width in cells)
+Vim internal, but there should be a terminfo entry for these:
+- t_8f	set foreground color (R, G, B) in printf() format
+- t_8b	set background color (R, G, B) in printf() format
+- t_8u	set underline color (R, G, B) in printf() format
+Probably Vim internal, not in terminfo:
+- t_TE	end of "raw" mode
+- t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode
+- t_RK	request terminal keyboard protocol state; sent after |t_TI|
+Already working, not properly documented:
+- t_u7	request cursor position
+Also, with Alt-b we get â, with Alt-Shift-b we should bet another character.
+That does not appear to work with Kitty.  #11913
+
 Popup windows:
-- Preview popup not properly updated when it overlaps with completion menu.
-  (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2021 May 22)
-- Scrollbar thumb sometimes not visible  #10492
 - Add a function to redraw a specific popup window.  Esp. to be used when
   editing the command line, when screen updating doesn't happen. (Shougo)
+  #10210  Example that shows the need on the issue.
+  Probably need to update all popup windows (they may overlap)
+  If the display is scrolled need to redraw everything later.
 - Add a flag to make a popup window focusable?
     CTRL-W P cycle over any preview window or focusable popup, end up back in
 	     current window.
@@ -141,8 +180,6 @@ Popup windows:
     - put popup menu also in popup_mask?
 - Match does not have right BG color if line length equals popup width.
   (#5658)
-- Any other commands to disable in a popup window?
-  Use ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW for these.
 - Figure out the size and position better if wrapping inserts indent
 
 'incsearch' with :s:
@@ -218,8 +255,15 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
   conversions.
 
+Patch adds showcmd() function  #11708
+
+Crash when a variable is removed while listing variables (Issue #11435)
+
 Autoconf: must use autoconf 2.69, later version generates lots of warnings
-- try using autoconf 2.71 and fix all "obsolete" warnings
+- try using autoconf 2.71 and fix all "obsolete" warnings  #11322
+
+Problem with Visual highlight when 'linebreak' and 'showbreak' are set.
+#11272
 
 Can deref_func_name() and deref_function_name() be merged?
 
@@ -228,34 +272,89 @@ reduced?
 
 Add BufDeletePost.  #11041
 
-Add a string to the 'display' option ("smoothscroll" ?) to make CTRL-E and
-CTRL-Y scroll one screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start
-with the first character (like what happens with a last line that doesn't
-fit).  Display "<<<" at the start of the first visible line (like "@@@" is
-displayed in the last line). (Arseny Nasokin,  #5154)
-Neovim PR: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/11014
+Add winid arg to col() and charcol()  #11466 (request #11461)
+
+Can we make 'noendofline' and 'endoffile' visible?  Should show by default,
+since it's an unusual situation.
+- Show 'noendofline' when it would be used for writing ('fileformat' "dos")
+  with an upside down exclamation mark?  NonText highlighting.
+- Show 'endoffile' when it would be used for writing ('fileformat' "dos") with
+  "CTRL-Z", NonText highlighting.
+- Add 'fillchars' items to change this, default behavior like:
+	noeol:¡
+	eof:CTRL-Z
+
+Test property disappears when using CR twice in a row.  OK when some text was
+entered. (#11151)
+
+Add 'keywordprg' to various ftplugin files:
+https://github.com/vim/vim/pull/5566
+
+PR #11579 to add visualtext(), return Visually selected text.
+
+Stray characters in the shell #11719, caused by requesting a response for:
+- XT key sequences
+- Whether modifyOtherKeys is active
+- Whether kitty keyboard protocol is active
+Can we not request XT key sequences, or reduce them drastically?
+
+Issue #10512: Dynamic loading broken with Perl 5.36
+Damien has a patch (2022 Dec 4)
+
+Add some kind of ":whathappend" command and functions to make visible what the
+last few typed keys and executed commands are.  To be used when the user
+wonders what went wrong.
+- typed keys - Normal mode command - like what is recorded in a register and
+  displayed by 'showcmd'.
+- executed command lines
+- with more verbosity: what scripts/functions/autocommands were executed
 
 NFA regexp does not handle composing characters well: #10286
     [ɔ̃] matches both ɔ and ɔ̃
     \(ɔ\|ɔ̃\) matches ɔ and not ɔ̃
 
-Improvement in terminal configuration mess: Request the terminfo entry from
-the terminal itself.  The $TERM value then is only relevant for whether this
-feature is supported or not.  Replaces the xterm mechanism to request each
-entry separately. #6609
-Multiplexers (screen, tmux) can request it to the underlying terminal, and
-pass it on with modifications.
+Is there a way to make 'autowriteall' make a clean exit when the xterm is
+closed? (Dennis Nazic says files are preserved, okt 28).  Perhaps handle TERM
+like HUP?
+
+Better terminal emulator support:
+  > Somehow request the terminfo entry from the terminal itself.  The $TERM
+    value then is only relevant for whether this feature is supported or not.
+    Replaces the xterm mechanism to request each entry separately. #6609
+    Multiplexers (screen, tmux) can request it to the underlying terminal, and
+    pass it on with modifications.
+    How to get all the text quickly (also over ssh)? Can we use a side channel?
+  > When xterm supports sending an Escape sequence for the Esc key, should
+    have a way to request this state.  That could be an XTGETTCAP entry, e.g.
+    "k!".  Add "esc_sends_sequence" flag.
+    If we know this state, then do not pretend going out of Insert mode in
+    vgetorpeek(), where kitty_protocol_state is checked.
+  > If a response ends up in a shell command, one way to avoid this is by
+    sending t_RV last and delay starting a shell command until the response
+    has been seen.
+  > Can we use the req_more_codes_from_term() mechanism with more terminals?
+    Should we repeat it after executing a shell command?
+    Can also add this to the 'keyprotocol' option: "mok2+tcap"
+  > In the table of terminal names pointing to the list of termcap entries,
+    add an optional additional one.  So that "xterm-kitty" can first load
+    "xterm" and then add "kitty" entries.
 
 Using "A" and "o" in manually created fold (in empty buffer) does not behave
 consistenly (James McCoy, #10698)
 
+In a timer callback, when using ":echo" and then input() the message is
+overwritten.  Could use ":echowin" and call redraw_cmd() in get_user_input().
+#11299
+
+Syntax include problem: #11277.  Related to Patch 8.2.2761
+
 To avoid flicker: add an option that when a screen clear is requested, instead
 of clearing it draws everything and uses "clear to end of line" for every line.
 Resetting 't_ut' already causes this?
 
 When scheme can't be found by configure there is no clear "not found" message:
     configure:5769: checking MzScheme install prefix
-    configure:5781: result: 
+    configure:5781: result:
 
 Can "CSI nr X" be used instead of outputting spaces?  Is it faster?  #8002
 
@@ -270,6 +369,15 @@ Idea: when typing ":e /some/dir/" and "dir" does not exist, highlight in red.
 initialization to figure out the default value from 'shell'.  Add a test for
 this.
 
+Support translations for plugins: #11637
+- Need a tool like xgettext for Vim script, generates a .pot file.
+  Need the equivalent of _() and N_(), perhaps TR() and TRN().
+- Instructions for how to create .po files and translate.
+- Script or Makefile to generate .mo files.
+- Instructions and perhaps a script to install the .mo files in the right
+  place.
+- Add variant of gettext() that takes a package name.
+
 With concealed text mouse click doesn't put the cursor in the right position.
 (Herb Sitz)  Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 16.  Doesn't work properly,
 need to make the change in where RET_WIN_BUF_CHARTABSIZE() is called.
@@ -282,11 +390,10 @@ MS-Windows: did path modifier :p:8 stop working?  #8600
 Version of getchar() that does not move the cursor - #10603 Use a separate
 argument for the new flag.
 
-Add "lastline" entry to 'fillchars' to specify a character instead of '@'.
-#10963
-
 test_arglist func Test_all_not_allowed_from_cmdwin() hangs on MS-Windows.
 
+Can we add highlighting to ":echowindow"?
+
 Information for a specific terminal (e.g. gnome, tmux, konsole, alacritty) is
 spread out.  Make a section with copy/paste examples of script and pointers to
 more information.
@@ -312,7 +419,9 @@ Adding "10" to 'spellsuggest' causes spell suggestions to become very slow.
 Also, z= in German on a long word can take a very long time, but CTRL-C to
 interrupt does not work. Where to add ui_breakcheck()?
 New English spell files also have very slow suggestions.
-French spell files don't work correctly.  #4916
+
+When 'spelloptions' is "camel" then zG doesn't work on some words.
+(Gary Johnson, 17 Oct 2022)
 
 Make "g>" and "g<" in Visual mode move the text right or left.
 Also for a block selection.  #8558
@@ -346,6 +455,9 @@ when redirecting to a local variable (function or script) storing the value
 won't work.  At least give an error.  Is there a way to make it work?
 #10616
 
+Completion for ":runtime" should show valid values, not what's in the current
+directory. (#11447)
+
 Add an option to start_timer() to return from the input loop with K_IGNORE.
 This is useful e.g. when a popup was created that disables mappings, we need
 to return from vgetc() to make this happen.  #7011
@@ -387,6 +499,7 @@ Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
 So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
 same thing.
 Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
+Perhaps also related: #5147
 
 Matchparen doesn't remove highlight after undo. (#7054)
 Is OK when syntax HL is active.
@@ -399,6 +512,10 @@ work.
 Using "au!" after "filetype on" is a bit slow.  Can the matching of
 autocommands be made faster?  (#7056)
 
+Using a search pattern containing "\%V" and 'hlsearch' set keeps old matches
+when the Visual area changes.  #11694.  Do a redraw when starting a Visual
+selection?
+
 Append in Visual block mode inserts the wrong character.
 Test_visual_block_mode() already has the proper check, which is commented out.
 (#8288)
@@ -427,6 +544,8 @@ and/or "sandbox" are set.
 
 Problem with auto-formatting - inserting space and putting cursor before added
 character. (#6154)
+Auto-formatting comments joins a following non-comment line when the comment
+ends in a space. (Adam Levy, 18 Oct 2022)
 
 When 'lazyredraw' is set sometimes the title is not updated.
 (Jason Franklin, 2020 Feb 3)  Looks like a race condition.
@@ -497,8 +616,6 @@ find them. (Max Kukartsev, #6218)
 
 Enable 'termbidi' if $VTE_VERSION >= 5703 ?
 
-Sound: support on Mac?  Or does libcanberra work there?
-
 Python 3.8 doesn't work. (Antonios Hadjigeorgalis, #5509)
 
 "--cleanFOO" does not result in an error. (#5537)
@@ -648,6 +765,11 @@ negative. (see #4326)
 tab page. (Ingo Karkat, #4324)
 :call settabwinvar(1, 1, '&cmdheight', 2) also doesn't work well.
 
+When opening a file, allow for specifying the initial column position:
+    vim +12:5 file.txt   line 12 column 5
+    :edit +12:5 file.txt
+Should probably use the column as the character index.
+
 This modeline throws unexpected errors: (#4165)
     vim: syn=nosyntax
 
@@ -704,9 +826,6 @@ when possible. (Dylan Lloyd, #3973)
 Make ":interactive !cmd" stop termcap mode, also when used in an autocommand.
 (#3692)
 
-matchaddpos() gets slow with many matches.  Proposal by Rick Howe, 2018 Jul
-19.
-
 Add something like 'fillchars' local to window, but allow for specifying a
 highlight name.  Esp. for the statusline.
 And "extends" and "precedes" are also useful without 'list' set.  Also in
@@ -2632,13 +2751,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 -   Add possibility to highlight specific columns (for Fortran).  Or put a
     line in between columns (e.g., for 'textwidth').
     Patch to add 'hlcolumn' from Vit Stradal, 2004 May 20.
-8   Add functions:
-    gettext()		Translate a message.  (Patch from Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
-			Update 2004 Sep 10
-			Another patch from Edward L. Fox (2005 Nov 24)
-			Search in 'runtimepath'?
-			More docs needed about how to use this.
-			How to get the messages into the .po files?
     confirm()		add "flags" argument, with 'v' for vertical
 			    layout and 'c' for console dialog. (Haegg)
 			    Flemming Madsen has a patch for the 'c' flag
@@ -3124,9 +3236,6 @@ Macintosh:
     line is too short.  Add a word in 'scrollopt' to allow moving the cursor
     to longer line that is visible.  A similar thing is done for the GUI when
     using the horizontal scrollbar.
-7   VisVim can only open one file.  Hard to solve: each opened file is passed
-    with a separate invocation, would need to use timestamps to know the
-    invocations belong together.
 8   When giving a ":bwipeout" command a file-changed dialog may popup for this
     buffer, which is pointless.  (Mike Williams)
 8   On MS-Windows ":make" doesn't show output while it is working.  Use the
@@ -4525,8 +4634,11 @@ Autocommands:
 		      BufChangePre, BufChangePost and RevertBuf. (Shah)
     ViewChanged	    - triggered when the text scrolls and when the window size
 		      changes.
-    WinResized	    - After a window has been resized
-    WinClose	    - Just before closing a window
+    QuickfixList    - when any entry in the current list changes or another
+		      list is selected
+    QuickfixPosition - when selecting another entry in the current quickfix
+		       list
+
 -   Write the file now and then ('autosave'):
 				  *'autosave'* *'as'* *'noautosave'* *'noas'*
     'autosave' 'as' number  (default 0)

runtime/doc/userfunc.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*userfunc.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 09
+*userfunc.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ Defining and using functions.
 
 This is introduced in section |41.7| of the user manual.
 
-1. Defining a fuction			|define-function|
-2. Calling a fuction			|:call|
+1. Defining a function			|define-function|
+2. Calling a function			|:call|
 3. Cleaning up in a function		|:defer|
 4. Automatically loading functions	|autoload-functions|
 
@@ -187,12 +187,21 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned.
 			When a function ends without an explicit ":return",
 			the number 0 is returned.
+
 			In a :def function *E1095* is given if unreachable
 			code follows after the `:return`.
 			In legacy script there is no check for unreachable
 			lines, thus there is no warning if commands follow
-			`:return`.
-
+			`:return`.  Also, there is no check if the following
+			line contains a valid command.  Forgetting the line
+			continuation backslash may go unnoticed: >
+				return 'some text'
+				       .. ' some more text'
+<			Will happily return "some text" without an error.  It
+			should have been: >
+				return 'some text'
+				       \ .. ' some more text'
+<
 			If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the
 			matching |:finally| (if present), the commands
 			following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
@@ -405,7 +414,7 @@ function to abort.  `:defer` can be used to avoid that: >
 	  call Handle('Outfile')
 	endfunc
 
-Note that deleting "Outfile" is scheduled before calling system(), since it
+Note that deleting "Outfile" is scheduled before calling `system()`, since it
 can be created even when `system()` fails.
 
 The deferred functions are called in reverse order, the last one added is
@@ -482,6 +491,10 @@ then define the function like this: >
 	   echo "Done!"
 	endfunction
 
+If the file doesn't exist, Vim will also search in 'packpath' (under "start")
+to allow calling packages' functions from your .vimrc when the packages have
+not been added to 'runtimepath' yet (see |packages|).
+
 The file name and the name used before the # in the function must match
 exactly, and the defined function must have the name exactly as it will be
 called.  In Vim9 script the "g:" prefix must be used: >

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2020 Sep 03
+*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 30
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ you can see?  This figure shows the three commands you can use:
 			+---------------------------+
 
 Hints: "H" stands for Home, "M" for Middle and "L" for Last.  Alternatively,
-"H" for high, "M" for Middle and "L" for low.
+"H" for High, "M" for Middle and "L" for Low.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *03.6*	Telling where you are

runtime/doc/usr_12.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_12.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Apr 19
+*usr_12.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 19
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 23
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 17
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ FOUR KINDS OF NUMBERS
 Numbers can be decimal, hexadecimal, octal and binary.
 
 A hexadecimal number starts with "0x" or "0X".  For example "0x1f" is decimal
-31 and 0x1234 is decimal 4660.
+31 and "0x1234" is decimal 4660.
 
 An octal number starts with "0o", "0O".  "0o17" is decimal 15.
 
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ If you don't like the concatenation you can use the $"string" form, which
 accepts an expression in curly braces: >
 	echo $"Name: {name}"
 
-See |interp-string| for more information.
+See |interpolated-string| for more information.
 
 Borrowed from the C language is the conditional expression: >
 
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ search() function uses its first argument as a search pattern and the second
 one as flags.  The "W" flag means the search doesn't wrap around the end of
 the file.
 
-Using the  `call` command is optional in |Vim9| script.  It is required in
+Using the `call` command is optional in |Vim9| script.  It is required in
 legacy script and on the command line: >
 
 	call search("Date: ", "W")
@@ -757,6 +757,7 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	strwidth()		size of string when displayed
 	strdisplaywidth()	size of string when displayed, deals with tabs
 	setcellwidths()		set character cell width overrides
+	getcellwidths()		get character cell width overrides
 	substitute()		substitute a pattern match with a string
 	submatch()		get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
 	strpart()		get part of a string using byte index
@@ -803,7 +804,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	call()			call a function with List as arguments
 	index()			index of a value in a List or Blob
 	indexof()		index in a List or Blob where an expression
-				evaluates to true 
+				evaluates to true
 	max()			maximum value in a List
 	min()			minimum value in a List
 	count()			count number of times a value appears in a List
@@ -935,6 +936,7 @@ Working with text in the current buffer:		*text-functions*
 
 Working with text in another buffer:
 	getbufline()		get a list of lines from the specified buffer
+	getbufoneline()		get a one line from the specified buffer
 	setbufline()		replace a line in the specified buffer
 	appendbufline()		append a list of lines in the specified buffer
 	deletebufline()		delete lines from a specified buffer
@@ -1030,6 +1032,7 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	getwininfo()		get a list with window information
 	getchangelist()		get a list of change list entries
 	getjumplist()		get a list of jump list entries
+	swapfilelist()		list of existing swap files in 'directory'
 	swapinfo()		information about a swap file
 	swapname()		get the swap file path of a buffer
 
@@ -1110,6 +1113,7 @@ Interactive:					*interactive-functions*
 	getcharstr()		get a character from the user as a string
 	getcharmod()		get modifiers for the last typed character
 	getmousepos()		get last known mouse position
+	getmouseshape()		get name of the current mouse shape
 	echoraw()		output characters as-is
 	feedkeys()		put characters in the typeahead queue
 	input()			get a line from the user
@@ -1183,6 +1187,7 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_getvalue()		get value of an internal variable
 	test_gui_event()	generate a GUI event for testing
 	test_ignore_error()	ignore a specific error message
+	test_mswin_event()	generate an MS-Windows event
 	test_null_blob()	return a null Blob
 	test_null_channel()	return a null Channel
 	test_null_dict()	return a null Dict
@@ -1289,6 +1294,7 @@ Popup window:					*popup-window-functions*
 	popup_filter_yesno()	block until 'y' or 'n' is pressed
 	popup_getoptions()	get current options for a popup
 	popup_getpos()		get actual position and size of a popup
+	popup_findecho()	get window ID for popup used for `:echowindow`
 	popup_findinfo()	get window ID for popup info window
 	popup_findpreview()	get window ID for popup preview window
 	popup_list()		get list of all popup window IDs

runtime/doc/usr_52.txt

@@ -159,6 +159,7 @@ relative path: >
 
 This will search for the script "monthlib.vim" in the autoload directories of
 'runtimepath'.  With Unix one of the directories often is "~/.vim/autoload".
+It will also search under 'packpath', under "start".
 
 The main advantage of this is that this script can be easily shared with other
 scripts.  You do need to make sure that the script name is unique, since Vim